TWI893199B - Composite pattern manufacturing method, resin composition, laminate manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method - Google Patents
Composite pattern manufacturing method, resin composition, laminate manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing methodInfo
- Publication number
- TWI893199B TWI893199B TW110132368A TW110132368A TWI893199B TW I893199 B TWI893199 B TW I893199B TW 110132368 A TW110132368 A TW 110132368A TW 110132368 A TW110132368 A TW 110132368A TW I893199 B TWI893199 B TW I893199B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- pattern
- carbon atoms
- compounds
- groups
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/032—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
- G03F7/037—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/22—Exposing sequentially with the same light pattern different positions of the same surface
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/40—Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
Abstract
本發明提供一種可獲得縱橫比高的複合圖案之複合圖案的製造方法、在上述複合圖案的製造方法中使用之樹脂組成物、包括上述複合圖案的製造方法之積層體的製造方法及包括上述複合圖案的製造方法或上述積層體的製造方法之半導體裝置的製造方法。上述複合圖案的製造方法包括用於適用第1樹脂組成物獲得第1圖案之第1膜形成步驟、第1曝光步驟、第1顯影步驟、用於獲得第2圖案之第2膜形成步驟、第2曝光步驟、第2顯影步驟以及一次性改質上述第1圖案及上述第2圖案之改質步驟,上述第1樹脂組成物包含特定樹脂。The present invention provides a method for producing a composite pattern capable of obtaining a composite pattern with a high aspect ratio, a resin composition used in the composite pattern production method, a method for producing a laminate including the composite pattern production method, and a method for producing a semiconductor device including the composite pattern production method or the laminate production method. The composite pattern production method includes a first film formation step for obtaining a first pattern using a first resin composition, a first exposure step, a first development step, a second film formation step for obtaining a second pattern, a second exposure step, a second development step, and a modification step for modifying the first and second patterns simultaneously. The first resin composition contains a specific resin.
Description
本發明有關一種複合圖案的製造方法、樹脂組成物、積層體的製造方法及半導體裝置的製造方法。The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a composite pattern, a resin composition, a method for manufacturing a laminate, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device.
聚醯亞胺或聚苯并噁唑的耐熱性及絕緣性等優異,因此可適用於各種用途。作為上述用途,並沒有特別限定,但若以實際安裝用半導體裝置為例,則可舉出將包含該等樹脂之圖案用作絕緣膜、密封材料的素材或保護膜的情況。又,包含該等樹脂之圖案亦用作撓性基板的基底膜或覆蓋膜等。Polyimide and polybenzoxazole possess excellent heat resistance and insulation properties, making them suitable for a wide range of applications. While these applications are not particularly limited, for example, in semiconductor devices for practical applications, patterns containing these resins can be used as insulating films, sealants, or protective films. Furthermore, patterns containing these resins are also used as base films or cover films for flexible substrates.
例如,在上述用途中,聚醯亞胺、聚苯并噁唑、聚醯胺醯亞胺可以以包含聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物之樹脂組成物的形態使用。 例如,利用塗佈等將此類樹脂組成物適用於基材上,之後根據需要進行曝光、顯影、改質等,藉此能夠在基材上形成聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的硬化物。 樹脂組成物能夠藉由公知的塗佈方法等適用,能夠藉由顯影形成微細圖案、複雜形狀的圖案等,因此可以說硬化物的設計自由度高等製造上的適應性優異。從除了聚醯亞胺、聚苯并噁唑或聚醯胺醯亞胺所具有之高性能以外,此類製造上的適應性優異之觀點考慮,關於使用了包含聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物之樹脂組成物之硬化物的製造方法,進一步期待產業上的應用拓展。 For example, in the aforementioned applications, polyimide, polybenzoxazole, and polyamidoimide can be used in the form of a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor, a polybenzoxazole precursor, or a polyamidoimide precursor. For example, such a resin composition can be applied to a substrate by coating, and then, if necessary, exposed, developed, or modified to form a cured product of the polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole precursor, or polyamidoimide precursor on the substrate. Resin compositions can be applied using known coating methods, and fine patterns and complex shapes can be formed through development. This allows for a high degree of design freedom in the cured product, resulting in excellent manufacturing versatility. Considering this superior manufacturing versatility, in addition to the high performance inherent in polyimide, polybenzoxazole, or polyamidoimide, methods for producing cured products using resin compositions containing polyimide precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, or polyamidoimide precursors are expected to see further expansion in industrial applications.
例如,專利文獻1中記載有一種多層配線板用基材,其特徵為,在一表面上形成有層間導通用凸緣之金屬層的凸緣形成面,將具有接著性之絕緣樹脂材料塗佈於除了凸緣頂部以外的區域,藉此形成了上述凸緣的頂部露出或突出的絕緣接著層。 專利文獻2中記載有一種半導體裝置的製造方法,其包括提供臨時載體之步驟、在臨時載體上安裝半導體晶片之步驟、在半導體晶片及臨時載體上堆積密封劑之步驟、在半導體晶片及密封劑上形成第1絕緣層之步驟、在安裝於臨時載體期間形成貫穿第1絕緣層及半導體晶片之複數個第1穿孔之步驟、在半導體晶片安裝於臨時載體期間形成貫穿第1絕緣層及密封材之複數個第2穿孔之步驟、將導電性材料堆積於第1穿孔來形成導電性矽穿孔(TSV:through silicon via)之步驟、將導電性材料堆積於第2穿孔來形成導電性模穿孔(TMV:through mold via)之步驟、在第1絕緣層上形成第1互連結構並與導電性TSV及導電性TMV電連接之步驟、去除臨時載體之步驟、在半導體晶片及位於與第1互連結構相反的一側且與導電性TSV及導電性TMV電連接之密封劑上形成第2互連結構之步驟。 專利文獻3中記載有一種半導體裝置,其包括:具有第1半導體晶片之基底層,前述第1半導體晶片在第1半導體晶片的第1側至少具有1個導電性觸點;第1再分配層,與至少1個導電性觸點接觸且越過第1半導體晶片的邊界而延伸;第2半導體晶片,具有第1側及第2側且在第1側具有至少1個導電性觸點;及接著劑層,配置於第1半導體晶片的第1側與第2半導體晶片的第2側之間且第2半導體晶片直接配置於接著劑層上。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a substrate for a multi-layer wiring board characterized in that a metal layer having interlayer conductive bumps is formed on one surface of the substrate, and an insulating resin material having adhesive properties is applied to the area other than the top of the bump, thereby forming an insulating adhesive layer with the top of the bump exposed or protruding. Patent document 2 describes a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, which includes the steps of providing a temporary carrier, mounting a semiconductor chip on the temporary carrier, depositing a sealant on the semiconductor chip and the temporary carrier, forming a first insulating layer on the semiconductor chip and the sealant, forming a plurality of first through-holes penetrating the first insulating layer and the semiconductor chip during the process of mounting the semiconductor chip on the temporary carrier, forming a plurality of second through-holes penetrating the first insulating layer and the sealant during the process of mounting the semiconductor chip on the temporary carrier, depositing a conductive material in the first through-hole to form a conductive through silicon via (TSV). The process includes forming a conductive through-mold via (TMV) by depositing a conductive material in the second through-hole, forming a first interconnect structure on the first insulating layer and electrically connecting the first interconnect structure to the conductive TSV and the conductive TMV, removing the temporary carrier, and forming a second interconnect structure on the semiconductor chip and the encapsulant on the side opposite to the first interconnect structure and electrically connecting the second interconnect structure to the conductive TSV and the conductive TMV. Patent Document 3 describes a semiconductor device comprising: a base layer having a first semiconductor chip, the first semiconductor chip having at least one conductive contact on a first side of the first semiconductor chip; a first redistribution layer contacting the at least one conductive contact and extending beyond a boundary of the first semiconductor chip; a second semiconductor chip having a first side and a second side and having at least one conductive contact on the first side; and an adhesive layer disposed between the first side of the first semiconductor chip and the second side of the second semiconductor chip, with the second semiconductor chip disposed directly on the adhesive layer.
[專利文獻1]日本特開2005-183880號公報 [專利文獻2]美國專利申請公開第2011/0204505號說明書 [專利文獻3]美國專利申請公開第2014/0015131號說明書 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2005-183880 [Patent Document 2] U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2011/0204505 [Patent Document 3] U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0015131
在使用了包含聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物之樹脂組成物之習知硬化物的製造方法中,要求提高由硬化物構成之圖案的縱橫比。In conventional methods for producing a cured product using a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor, a polybenzoxazole precursor, or a polyamidoimide precursor, it is required to increase the aspect ratio of a pattern formed by the cured product.
本發明的目的在於提供一種可獲得縱橫比高的複合圖案之複合圖案的製造方法、在上述複合圖案的製造方法中使用之樹脂組成物、包括上述複合圖案的製造方法之積層體的製造方法及包括上述複合圖案的製造方法或上述積層體的製造方法之半導體裝置的製造方法。The object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a composite pattern that can obtain a composite pattern with a high aspect ratio, a resin composition used in the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a composite pattern, a method for manufacturing a laminate including the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a composite pattern, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device including the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a composite pattern or the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a laminate.
以下,示出本發明的代表性實施態樣的例子。 <1>一種複合圖案的製造方法,其包括: 將第1樹脂組成物適用於基材上形成第1感光性膜之第1膜形成步驟; 對上述第1感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第1曝光步驟; 對曝光後的上述第1感光性膜進行顯影來形成第1圖案之第1顯影步驟; 在上述第1圖案上及藉由上述第1顯影步驟去除了上述第1圖案之區域上適用第2樹脂組成物形成第2感光性膜之第2膜形成步驟; 對上述第2感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第2曝光步驟; 對曝光後的上述第2感光性膜進行顯影來形成第2圖案之第2顯影步驟;以及 一次性改質上述第1圖案及上述第2圖案之改質步驟, 上述第1樹脂組成物包含樹脂A, 上述樹脂A係選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、包含聚苯并噁唑結構之聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物及包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物之群組中之至少1種。 <2>如<1>所述之複合圖案的製造方法,其中 上述樹脂A具有聚合性基。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之複合圖案的製造方法,其中 上述第2顯影步驟後的第1圖案中的上述樹脂A的環化率與上述第1顯影步驟後的第1圖案中的上述樹脂A的環化率的比例係1.1倍以下。 <4>一種複合圖案的製造方法,其包括: 將第1樹脂組成物適用於基材上形成第1感光性膜之第1膜形成步驟; 對上述第1感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第1曝光步驟; 對曝光後的上述第1感光性膜進行顯影來形成第1圖案之第1顯影步驟; 在上述第1圖案上及藉由上述第1顯影步驟去除了上述第1圖案之區域上適用第2樹脂組成物形成第2感光性膜之第2膜形成步驟; 對上述第2感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第2曝光步驟; 對曝光後的上述第2感光性膜進行顯影來形成第2圖案之第2顯影步驟;以及 一次性改質上述第1圖案及上述第2圖案之改質步驟, 上述第2圖案以包覆上述第1圖案的至少一部分的方式形成, 上述基材中,上述第1感光性膜中的與在上述第1顯影步驟中被去除的部分接觸之部分具有與上述第2圖案接觸之區域及不與上述第2圖案接觸之區域。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之複合圖案的製造方法,其中 上述第1樹脂組成物包含聚合性化合物。 <6>如<5>所述之複合圖案的製造方法,其中 上述第1樹脂組成物包含3官能以上的聚合性化合物作為上述聚合性化合物。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之複合圖案的製造方法,其中 上述第2樹脂組成物包含樹脂B。 <8>如<7>所述之複合圖案的製造方法,其中 上述樹脂B係選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、包含聚苯并噁唑結構之聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物及環氧樹脂之群組中之至少1種。 <9>如<1>至<8>之任一項所述之複合圖案的製造方法,其中 適用了上述第2顯影步驟之上述第1圖案的殘膜率係70%以上。 <10>如<1>至<9>之任一項所述之複合圖案的製造方法,其中 上述第1樹脂組成物不包含著色劑。 <11>如<1>至<10>之任一項所述之複合圖案的製造方法,其中 上述改質步驟係一次性加熱上述第1圖案及上述第2圖案之加熱步驟。 <12>如<7>至<11>之任一項所述之複合圖案的製造方法,其中 上述樹脂A和上述樹脂B係含有由相同的結構式表示之重複單元之樹脂。 <13>如<1>至<12>之任一項所述之複合圖案的製造方法,其中 上述第1感光性膜在第1顯影步驟中之顯影液中的溶解速度S1與第2感光性膜在第2顯影步驟中之顯影液中的溶解速度S2之比S2/S1係1.05以上。 <14>一種第1樹脂組成物,其用於形成<1>至<13>所述之複合圖案的製造方法中的第1感光性膜。 <15>一種第2樹脂組成物,其用於形成<1>至<13>所述之複合圖案的製造方法中的第2感光性膜。 <16>一種積層體的製造方法,其包括適用複數次<1>至<13>之任一項所述之複合圖案的製造方法之步驟。 <17>如<16>所述之積層體的製造方法,其進一步包括: 在由複合圖案構成之層上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟,前述金屬層形成步驟包括在適用複數次前述複合圖案的製造方法之步驟之間。 <18>一種半導體裝置的製造方法,其包括<1>至<13>之任一項所述之複合圖案的製造方法或者<16>或<17>所述之積層體的製造方法。 [發明效果] Representative embodiments of the present invention are described below. <1> A method for producing a composite pattern, comprising: a first film-forming step of applying a first resin composition to a substrate to form a first photosensitive film; a first exposure step of selectively exposing the first photosensitive film; a first development step of developing the exposed first photosensitive film to form a first pattern; a second film-forming step of applying a second resin composition to form a second photosensitive film on the first pattern and on the area where the first pattern was removed by the first development step; a second exposure step of selectively exposing the second photosensitive film; a second development step of developing the exposed second photosensitive film to form a second pattern; and The step of modifying the first and second patterns simultaneously. The first resin composition comprises resin A. The resin A is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide precursor having a polyimide structure, a polybenzoxazole precursor, a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polybenzoxazole structure, a polyamideimide precursor, and a polyamideimide precursor having a polyamideimide structure. <2> The method for producing a composite pattern according to <1>, wherein the resin A comprises a polymerizable group. <3> The method for producing a composite pattern according to <1> or <2>, wherein the ratio of the cyclization rate of the resin A in the first pattern after the second development step to the cyclization rate of the resin A in the first pattern after the first development step is 1.1 times or less. <4> A method for producing a composite pattern, comprising: a first film-forming step of applying a first resin composition to a substrate to form a first photosensitive film; a first exposure step of selectively exposing the first photosensitive film; a first development step of developing the exposed first photosensitive film to form a first pattern; a second film-forming step of applying a second resin composition to form a second photosensitive film on the first pattern and on the area where the first pattern was removed by the first development step; a second exposure step of selectively exposing the second photosensitive film; a second development step of developing the exposed second photosensitive film to form a second pattern; and A step of modifying the first pattern and the second pattern simultaneously; The second pattern is formed so as to cover at least a portion of the first pattern; In the substrate, the portion of the first photosensitive film that contacts the portion removed in the first developing step comprises a region that contacts the second pattern and a region that does not contact the second pattern. <5> The method for producing a composite pattern according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the first resin composition comprises a polymerizable compound. <6> The method for producing a composite pattern according to <5>, wherein the first resin composition comprises a trifunctional or higher-functional polymerizable compound as the polymerizable compound. <7> The method for producing a composite pattern according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the second resin composition comprises resin B. <8> The method for producing a composite pattern according to <7>, wherein the resin B is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide precursor having a polyimide structure, a polybenzoxazole precursor, a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polybenzoxazole structure, a polyamide imide precursor, a polyamide imide precursor having a polyamide imide structure, and an epoxy resin. <9> The method for producing a composite pattern as described in any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the residual film rate of the first pattern after the second development step is applied is 70% or more. <10> The method for producing a composite pattern as described in any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the first resin composition does not contain a colorant. <11> The method for producing a composite pattern as described in any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the modification step is a heating step of heating the first pattern and the second pattern at once. <12> The method for producing a composite pattern as described in any one of <7> to <11>, wherein the resin A and the resin B are resins containing repeating units represented by the same structural formula. <13> The method for producing a composite pattern according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the ratio S2/S1 of the dissolution rate S1 of the first photosensitive film in the developer in the first developing step to the dissolution rate S2 of the second photosensitive film in the developer in the second developing step is 1.05 or greater. <14> A first resin composition for forming the first photosensitive film in the method for producing a composite pattern according to any one of <1> to <13>. <15> A second resin composition for forming the second photosensitive film in the method for producing a composite pattern according to any one of <1> to <13>. <16> A method for manufacturing a laminate, comprising applying the steps of the composite pattern manufacturing method described in any one of <1> to <13> a plurality of times. <17> The method for manufacturing a laminate as described in <16>, further comprising: A metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on a layer composed of the composite pattern, wherein the metal layer forming step is included between the steps of the composite pattern manufacturing method applied a plurality of times. <18> A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising the composite pattern manufacturing method described in any one of <1> to <13> or the laminate manufacturing method described in <16> or <17>. [Effects of the Invention]
根據本發明,提供一種可獲得縱橫比高的複合圖案之複合圖案的製造方法、在上述複合圖案的製造方法中使用之樹脂組成物、包括上述複合圖案的製造方法之積層體的製造方法及包括上述複合圖案的製造方法或上述積層體的製造方法之半導體裝置的製造方法。According to the present invention, there are provided a method for manufacturing a composite pattern capable of obtaining a composite pattern with a high aspect ratio, a resin composition used in the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a composite pattern, a method for manufacturing a laminate including the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a composite pattern, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device including the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a composite pattern or the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a laminate.
以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限於所明示之實施形態。 本說明書中,利用“~”記號表示之數值範圍表示將記載於“~”的前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值包括之範圍。 在本說明書中,“步驟”這一術語不僅表示獨立的步驟,只要能夠實現該步驟的所需作用,則亦表示包括無法與其他步驟明確區分之步驟。 本說明書中之基團(原子團)的標記中,未標有經取代及未經取代之標記包括不具有取代基之基團(原子團)的同時包括具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),亦包括具有取代基之烷基(經取代之烷基)。 本說明書中,“曝光”只要沒有特別說明,則除了包括利用光的曝光以外,亦包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任一者。 本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 本說明書中,總固體成分係指從組成物的所有成分中去除溶劑之成分的總質量。又,本說明書中,固體成分濃度係除了溶劑以外的其他成分相對於組成物的總質量的質量百分率。 本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)係利用凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法測定之值,定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。本說明書中,例如,能夠利用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製),並將保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000及TSKgel Super HZ2000(以上為TOSOH CORPORATION製)串聯使用作為管柱來求出重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)。該等分子量只要沒有特別說明,將THF(四氫呋喃)用作洗提液進行測定。然而,溶解性低時等,THF不適合作為溶離液時,亦能夠使用NMP(N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮)。又,只要沒有特別說明,GPC測定中的檢測使用波長254nm的UV射線(紫外線)檢測器。 本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,記載為“上”或“下”時,只要在所關注的複數層中成為基準的層的上側或下側存在其他層即可。亦即,在成為基準的層與上述其他層之間可進一步夾有第3層或第3要件,成為基準的層與上述其他層無需接觸。又,只要沒有特別說明,將對基材堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或存在樹脂組成物層時,將從基材朝向樹脂組成物層的方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。此外,此類上下方向的設定是為了本說明書中的便利,在實際態樣中,本說明書中的“上”方向亦可以與鉛垂上朝向不同。 本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,作為組成物中包含之各成分,組成物可以包含符合該成分的2種以上的化合物。又,只要沒有特別說明,組成物中的各成分的含量係指符合該成分的所有化合物的合計含量。 本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1氣壓),相對濕度為50%RH。 本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合為更佳態樣。 The following describes the main embodiments of the present invention. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described. In this specification, numerical ranges indicated by the symbol "~" indicate a range that includes the numerical values before and after the symbol "~" as the lower and upper limits, respectively. In this specification, the term "step" refers not only to independent steps but also to steps that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the desired effect of the step is achieved. In the notation of groups (atomic radicals) in this specification, the notation noting "substituted" and "unsubstituted" includes both groups (atomic radicals) without substituents and groups (atomic radicals) with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, "exposure," unless otherwise specified, includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, and actinic radiation such as electron beams. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either "acrylate" and "methacrylate," "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid," and "(meth)acryl" means both or either "acryl" and "methacryl." In this specification, Me in structural formulas represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, the term "total solids" refers to the total mass of all components of a composition excluding the solvent. Furthermore, the term "solids concentration" refers to the mass percentage of components other than the solvent relative to the total mass of the composition. Unless otherwise specified, weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) are values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) and are defined as polystyrene-equivalent values. In this specification, for example, the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) can be determined using an HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (all manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) in series. These molecular weights are measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as the eluent, unless otherwise specified. However, when THF is not suitable as an eluent, such as when the solubility is low, NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) can be used. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, GPC measurements utilize a UV (ultraviolet) detector with a wavelength of 254 nm. In this specification, when the positional relationship of the layers constituting a laminate is described as "upper" or "lower," it suffices that other layers exist above or below the reference layer in question. In other words, a third layer or a third element may be interposed between the reference layer and the other layers, and the reference layer and the other layers do not need to be in contact. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, the direction in which layers are stacked relative to a substrate is referred to as "upper," or when a resin composition layer is present, the direction from the substrate toward the resin composition layer is referred to as "upper," and the opposite direction is referred to as "lower." In addition, these vertical directions are used for convenience in this specification. In actual embodiments, the "upper" direction in this specification may differ from the vertically upward direction. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, each component contained in a composition may include two or more compounds that meet the requirements of that component. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in a composition refers to the total content of all compounds that meet the requirements of that component. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23°C, the pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atmosphere), and the relative humidity is 50% RH. In this specification, the combination of preferred embodiments is considered a more preferred embodiment.
(複合圖案的製造方法) 在本發明的複合圖案的製造方法的第1態樣中,複合圖案的製造方法包括將第1樹脂組成物適用於基材上形成第1感光性膜之第1膜形成步驟、對上述第1感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第1曝光步驟、對曝光後的上述第1感光性膜進行顯影來形成第1圖案之第1顯影步驟、在上述第1圖案上及藉由第1顯影步驟去除了上述第1圖案之區域上適用第2樹脂組成物形成第2感光性膜之第2膜形成步驟、對上述第2感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第2曝光步驟、對曝光後的上述第2感光性膜進行顯影來形成第2圖案之第2顯影步驟、以及一次性改質上述第1圖案及上述第2圖案之改質步驟,上述第1樹脂組成物包含樹脂A,該樹脂A係選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、包含聚苯并噁唑結構之聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物及包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂。 在本發明的複合圖案的製造方法的第2態樣中,複合圖案的製造方法包括將第1樹脂組成物適用於基材上形成第1感光性膜之第1膜形成步驟、對上述第1感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第1曝光步驟、對曝光後的上述第1感光性膜進行顯影來形成第1圖案之第1顯影步驟、在上述第1圖案上及藉由第1顯影步驟去除了上述第1圖案之區域上適用第2樹脂組成物形成第2感光性膜之第2膜形成步驟、對上述第2感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第2曝光步驟、對曝光後的上述第2感光性膜進行顯影來形成第2圖案之第2顯影步驟以及一次性改質上述第1圖案及上述第2圖案之改質步驟。上述第2圖案以包覆上述第1圖案的至少一部分的方式形成,上述基材中,上述第1感光性膜中的與在上述第1顯影步驟中被去除的部分接觸之部分具有與上述第2圖案接觸之區域及不與上述第2圖案接觸之區域。 (Method for Producing a Composite Pattern) In a first aspect of the method for producing a composite pattern of the present invention, the method for producing a composite pattern comprises a first film forming step of applying a first resin composition to a substrate to form a first photosensitive film, a first exposure step of selectively exposing the first photosensitive film, a first development step of developing the exposed first photosensitive film to form a first pattern, a second film forming step of applying a second resin composition to form a second photosensitive film on the first pattern and on the area where the first pattern was removed by the first development step, and a second film forming step of selectively exposing the second photosensitive film. The method further comprises a second exposure step of performing a photosensitive exposure, a second development step of developing the exposed second photosensitive film to form a second pattern, and a modification step of modifying the first pattern and the second pattern at once. The first resin composition comprises resin A, and the resin A is at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide precursor having a polyimide structure, a polybenzoxazole precursor, a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polybenzoxazole structure, a polyamide imide precursor, and a polyamide imide precursor having a polyamide imide structure. In a second aspect of the method for producing a composite pattern of the present invention, the method for producing a composite pattern comprises a first film forming step of applying a first resin composition to a substrate to form a first photosensitive film, a first exposure step of selectively exposing the first photosensitive film, a first developing step of developing the exposed first photosensitive film to form a first pattern, and a first developing step of forming a first pattern on the first pattern. A second film forming step comprises applying a second resin composition to the area where the first pattern was removed in the first developing step to form a second photosensitive film; a second exposing step comprises selectively exposing the second photosensitive film to light; a second developing step comprises developing the exposed second photosensitive film to form a second pattern; and a modifying step comprises modifying the first and second patterns simultaneously. The second pattern is formed so as to cover at least a portion of the first pattern. In the substrate, the portion of the first photosensitive film that contacts the portion removed in the first developing step comprises an area in contact with the second pattern and an area not in contact with the second pattern.
在本發明中,複合圖案係指至少包括第1圖案和第2圖案之圖案。上述第1圖案和第2圖案可以接觸至少一部分,亦可以不接觸,但接觸為較佳。 又,第1圖案的上部與第2圖案的底部接觸至少一部分為較佳。 又,複合圖案可以進一步包括第3圖案、第4圖案等。 In the present invention, a composite pattern refers to a pattern comprising at least a first pattern and a second pattern. The first and second patterns may or may not be in contact with each other, but contact is preferred. Preferably, the top of the first pattern and the bottom of the second pattern are in contact with each other at least partially. Furthermore, a composite pattern may further include a third pattern, a fourth pattern, and so on.
複合圖案的縱橫比係指圖案的高度與寬度之比。藉由橢偏儀測定圖案的高度作為圖案的膜厚。關於圖案的寬度,若為線圖案,則作為圖案的最大線寬,若為柱圖案,則作為圖案的最大直徑,若為溝槽圖案,則作為最大孔寬,若為孔圖案,則作為最大孔徑,藉由切斷圖案並用掃描式電子顯微鏡觀察截面來測定。The aspect ratio of a composite pattern is the ratio of the pattern's height to its width. The pattern's height is measured using an ellipsometer and used as the film thickness. The pattern's width is determined by measuring the maximum line width for line patterns, the maximum diameter for pillar patterns, the maximum pore width for groove patterns, and the maximum pore diameter for hole patterns. The width is determined by cutting the pattern and observing the cross-section with a scanning electron microscope.
藉由本發明的複合圖案的製造方法獲得之圖案的縱橫比高。 獲得上述效果之機理尚不明確,但可推測如下。 The composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention produces a pattern with a high aspect ratio. The mechanism for achieving this effect is not yet clear, but it can be speculated as follows.
本發明的複合圖案的製造方法係在重複複數次膜形成步驟、曝光步驟、顯影步驟之後一次性進行改質步驟之態樣。 根據此類態樣,能夠形成縱橫比高的圖案,尤其能夠形成微細的溝槽或孔圖案。 藉由習知之重複複數次膜形成步驟、曝光步驟、顯影步驟及改質步驟之方法形成複合圖案時,由於改質所引起的硬化物的收縮的影響等,難以形成縱橫比高的圖案。例如,將圖案積層來形成縱橫比高的圖案時,由於改質所收引起的收縮次數在圖案中不同等影響,有時形成縱橫比高的圖案會變難。 根據本發明,由於一次性改質第1感光性膜及第2感光性膜,因此認為能夠形成縱橫比高的圖案。 又,藉由形成第1圖案之後以覆蓋第1圖案的方式形成第2感光性膜,增加第1圖案的線寬且在不存在第1圖案之區域亦形成第2圖案,藉此亦能夠形成更密集的圖案。 The composite pattern production method of the present invention employs a method in which a modification step is performed in a single step after the film formation, exposure, and development steps are repeated multiple times. This method enables the formation of patterns with high aspect ratios, particularly fine grooves or holes. When forming composite patterns using conventional methods that repeat the film formation, exposure, development, and modification steps multiple times, the formation of high-aspect-ratio patterns is difficult due to the shrinkage of the cured product caused by the modification. For example, when stacking patterns to form a high-aspect-ratio pattern, the number of shrinkages caused by the modification varies across the pattern, making it difficult to achieve a high-aspect-ratio pattern. According to the present invention, by modifying both the first and second photosensitive films simultaneously, it is believed that high-aspect-ratio patterns can be formed. Furthermore, by forming the second photosensitive film overlying the first pattern after forming the first pattern, the line width of the first pattern is increased, and the second pattern is formed even in areas where the first pattern does not exist, thereby enabling the formation of a denser pattern.
在此,專利文獻1中,未記載一次性改質第1感光性膜和第2感光性膜之改質步驟。 以下,對本發明的複合圖案的製造方法進行詳細說明。 只要沒有特別記載,上述第1態樣和上述第2態樣中的第1膜形成步驟、第1曝光步驟、第1顯影步驟、第2膜形成步驟、第2曝光步驟、第2顯影步驟、改質步驟及其他步驟相同。 Patent Document 1 does not describe a modification step for modifying both the first and second photosensitive films simultaneously. The following describes the method for producing the composite pattern of the present invention in detail. Unless otherwise specified, the first film formation step, first exposure step, first development step, second film formation step, second exposure step, second development step, modification step, and other steps are identical in the first and second aspects.
<第1膜形成步驟> 本發明的複合圖案的製造方法包括將第1樹脂組成物適用於基材上形成第1感光性膜之第1膜形成步驟。 關於本發明中使用之第1樹脂組成物的詳細內容,將進行後述。 <First Film Formation Step> The composite pattern production method of the present invention includes a first film formation step in which a first resin composition is applied to a substrate to form a first photosensitive film. The details of the first resin composition used in the present invention will be described later.
〔基材〕 基材的種類能夠根據用途適當決定,可舉出矽、氮化矽、聚矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作用基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、沉積膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材(例如,由金屬形成之基材及金屬層例如可以為藉由電鍍、沉積等形成之基材中的任一種)、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass:旋塗式玻璃)、TFT(薄膜電晶體)陣列基材、鑄模基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等,並沒有特別限制。本發明中,尤其半導體用基材、Cu基材及鑄模基材為較佳,矽基材、Cu基材及鑄模基材為更佳。 又,可以在該等基材的表面設置有由六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)等形成之密接層、氧化層等層。 又,可以對基材實施脫水烘烤處理。例如,在基材上形成由HMDS形成之密接層時,例如可舉出以120℃等溫度加熱(脫水烘烤)基材的同時使HMDS的蒸氣接觸基材之態樣、以120℃等溫度加熱(脫水烘烤)基材並在結束加熱之後使HMDS的蒸氣接觸基材之態樣等。 進而,可以對基材進行氧電漿處理。 又,基材的形狀並沒有特別限定,可以為圓形形狀,亦可以為矩形形狀。 作為基材的尺寸,若為圓形形狀,則例如直徑為100~450mm,較佳為200~450mm。若為矩形形狀,則例如短邊的長度為100~1000mm,較佳為200~700mm。 又,作為基材,例如可以使用板狀,較佳為使用面板狀的基材(基板)。 [Substrate] The type of substrate can be appropriately determined depending on the intended use. Examples include semiconductor substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon; quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, deposited films, magnetic films, reflective films; metal substrates such as Ni, Cu, Cr, and Fe (for example, substrates and metal layers formed of metals, such as those formed by electroplating or deposition); paper; SOG (Spin-On Glass); TFT (Thin Film Transistor) array substrates; cast substrates; and electrode plates for plasma display panels (PDPs). In the present invention, semiconductor substrates, Cu substrates, and cast substrates are particularly preferred, with silicon substrates, Cu substrates, and cast substrates being even more preferred. Furthermore, a bonding layer or oxide layer, such as one formed from hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS), may be provided on the surface of the substrate. Furthermore, the substrate may be subjected to a dehydration baking treatment. For example, when forming a bonding layer formed from HMDS on a substrate, examples include heating the substrate at 120°C (dehydration baking) while allowing HMDS vapor to contact the substrate, or heating the substrate at 120°C (dehydration baking) and then allowing HMDS vapor to contact the substrate after heating. Furthermore, the substrate may be treated with oxygen plasma. The shape of the substrate is not particularly limited and may be circular or rectangular. The dimensions of the substrate are, for example, a circular substrate with a diameter of 100 to 450 mm, preferably 200 to 450 mm. For a rectangular substrate, the length of the short side is, for example, 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm. Also, the substrate can be a plate-shaped substrate (substrate), preferably a panel-shaped substrate.
又,在樹脂層(例如,由硬化物構成之層)的表面、金屬層的表面適用樹脂組成物形成膜時,樹脂層、金屬層成為基材。When a film is formed by applying a resin composition to the surface of a resin layer (e.g., a layer composed of a cured product) or the surface of a metal layer, the resin layer and the metal layer serve as a base material.
作為將第1樹脂組成物適用於基材上之方法,塗佈為較佳。As a method of applying the first resin composition to the substrate, coating is preferred.
作為適用方法,具體而言,可例示浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠壓塗佈法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴墨法等。從膜的厚度的均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴塗法或噴墨法,從膜的厚度的均勻性的觀點及生產性的觀點考慮,旋塗法及狹縫塗佈法為較佳。根據方法調整第1樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度、塗佈條件,藉此能夠獲得所需厚度的膜。又,能夠根據基材的形狀適當選擇塗佈方法,若為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,若為矩形基材,則狹縫塗佈法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。在旋塗法的情況下,例如能夠以500~3,500rpm的轉速適用10秒~3分鐘左右。 又,亦能夠適用將藉由上述賦予方法預先在偽支撐體上賦予而形成之塗膜轉印在基材上之方法。 關於轉印方法,在本發明中,亦能夠較佳地利用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023、0036~0051段或日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中記載之製作方法。 又,亦可以進行在基材的端部去除多餘膜之步驟。關於此類步驟的例子,可舉出邊珠沖洗(edge bead rinse:EBR)、背面沖洗等。 又,亦可以採用如下預濕步驟:將第1樹脂組成物塗佈於基材之前,對基材塗佈各種溶劑來提高基材的潤濕性之後塗佈第1樹脂組成物。 Specific examples of applicable methods include dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire rod coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, and ink jet coating. From the perspective of film thickness uniformity, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, or ink jet coating is more preferred. From the perspective of film thickness uniformity and productivity, spin coating and slit coating are particularly preferred. By adjusting the solid content concentration of the first resin composition and coating conditions according to the method, a film of desired thickness can be obtained. Furthermore, the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the substrate shape. For circular substrates such as wafers, spin coating, spray coating, or inkjet coating are preferred, while for rectangular substrates, slit coating, spray coating, or inkjet coating are preferred. Spin coating can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 3,500 rpm for approximately 10 seconds to 3 minutes. Alternatively, a method can be employed in which a coating film previously applied to a dummy support using the aforementioned application method is transferred onto the substrate. Regarding the transfer method, the present invention can also preferably utilize the production methods described in paragraphs 0023, 0036-0051 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-023696 or paragraphs 0096-0108 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-047592. In addition, a step of removing excess film from the edges of the substrate may be performed. Examples of such steps include edge bead rinse (EBR) and backside rinse. Also, a pre-wetting step may be employed: before applying the first resin composition to the substrate, various solvents may be applied to the substrate to improve its wettability, and then the first resin composition may be applied.
<第1乾燥步驟> 上述第1感光性膜可以在第1膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)之後提供於為了去除溶劑而乾燥所形成之膜(層)之步驟(第1乾燥步驟)。 亦即,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法可以包括乾燥藉由第1膜形成步驟形成之膜之第1乾燥步驟。 又,上述第1乾燥步驟在第1膜形成步驟之後且在第1曝光步驟之前進行為較佳。 第1乾燥步驟中的膜的乾燥溫度係50~150℃為較佳,70℃~130℃為更佳,90℃~110℃為進一步較佳。又,可以藉由減壓進行乾燥。作為乾燥時間,可例示30秒~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,2分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。 <First Drying Step> After the first film-forming step (layer-forming step), the first photosensitive film may be subjected to a step (first drying step) of drying the formed film (layer) to remove the solvent. That is, the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention may include a first drying step of drying the film formed in the first film-forming step. The first drying step is preferably performed after the first film-forming step and before the first exposure step. The drying temperature of the film in the first drying step is preferably 50-150°C, more preferably 70-130°C, and even more preferably 90-110°C. Drying may be performed under reduced pressure. The drying time can be exemplified as 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, and more preferably 2 minutes to 7 minutes.
<第1曝光步驟> 上述第1感光性膜提供於對第1感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第1曝光步驟。 亦即,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法包括對藉由第1膜形成步驟形成之第1感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第1曝光步驟。 選擇性曝光係指對膜的一部分進行曝光。又,藉由選擇性曝光,在膜上形成已曝光之區域(曝光部)及未曝光之區域(非曝光部)。 曝光量只要能夠硬化第1樹脂組成物,則並沒有特別限定,例如,以波長365nm處的曝光能量換算計,50~10,000mJ/cm 2為較佳,200~8,000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 <First Exposure Step> The first photosensitive film is provided in a first exposure step of selectively exposing the first photosensitive film. That is, the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention includes a first exposure step of selectively exposing the first photosensitive film formed by the first film forming step. Selective exposure refers to exposing a portion of the film. Furthermore, by selective exposure, exposed areas (exposed portions) and unexposed areas (non-exposed portions) are formed on the film. The exposure amount is not particularly limited as long as it can cure the first resin composition. For example, when converted to exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm, 50 to 10,000 mJ/ cm2 is preferred, and 200 to 8,000 mJ/ cm2 is more preferred.
曝光波長能夠在190~1,000nm的範圍內適當決定,240~550nm為較佳。The exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined within the range of 190-1,000nm, with 240-550nm being optimal.
關於曝光波長,若以與光源的關係來說,則可舉出(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm、375nm、355nm等)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬(g、h、i射線的3種波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F2準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的二次諧波532nm、三次諧波355nm等。關於第1樹脂組成物,尤其基於高壓水銀燈之曝光為較佳,其中,基於i射線之曝光為較佳。藉此,尤其可得到高曝光靈敏度。 又,曝光的方式並沒有特別限定,只要為由第1樹脂組成物構成之膜的至少一部分被曝光之方式即可,可舉出使用了光罩之曝光、基於雷射直接成像法之曝光等。 Regarding the exposure wavelength, in terms of its relationship with the light source, we can cite (1) semiconductor lasers (wavelengths 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, 375nm, 355nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamps, (3) high-pressure mercury lamps, g-rays (wavelength 436nm), h-rays (wavelength 405nm), i-rays (wavelength 365nm), wide (g, h, i-ray (three wavelengths), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193nm), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beam, (7) YAG laser second harmonic wave 532nm, third harmonic wave 355nm, etc. Regarding the first resin composition, exposure based on a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferred, and exposure based on i-rays is particularly preferred. In this way, high exposure sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, the exposure method is not particularly limited, as long as at least a portion of the film composed of the first resin composition is exposed, and exposure using a mask, exposure based on laser direct imaging method, etc. can be cited.
<第1曝光後加熱步驟> 上述第1感光性膜可以提供於曝光後加熱之步驟(第1曝光後加熱步驟)。 亦即,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法可以包括加熱藉由第1曝光步驟被曝光之第1感光性膜之第1曝光後加熱步驟。 第1曝光後加熱步驟能夠在第1曝光步驟後、第1顯影步驟前進行。 第1曝光後加熱步驟中的加熱溫度係50℃~140℃為較佳,60℃~120℃為更佳。 第1曝光後加熱步驟中的加熱時間係30秒~300分鐘為較佳,1分鐘~10分鐘為更佳。 關於第1曝光後加熱步驟中的升溫速度,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度係1~12℃/分鐘為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。 又,升溫速度可以在加熱過程中適當變更。 作為第1曝光後加熱步驟中的加熱方法,並沒有特別限定,能夠使用公知的加熱板、烘箱、紅外線加熱器等。 又,加熱時,藉由流通氮、氦、氬等惰性氣體,在低氧濃度的環境下進行亦較佳。 <First Post-Exposure Heating Step> The first photosensitive film may be subjected to a post-exposure heating step (first post-exposure heating step). That is, the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention may include a first post-exposure heating step of heating the first photosensitive film exposed in the first exposure step. The first post-exposure heating step can be performed after the first exposure step and before the first development step. The heating temperature in the first post-exposure heating step is preferably 50°C to 140°C, more preferably 60°C to 120°C. The heating time in the first post-exposure heating step is preferably 30 seconds to 300 minutes, more preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes. The heating rate during the first post-exposure heating step is preferably 1-12°C/minute, more preferably 2-10°C/minute, and even more preferably 3-10°C/minute, from the initial heating temperature to the maximum heating temperature. The heating rate can be appropriately varied during the heating process. The heating method during the first post-exposure heating step is not particularly limited; known heating plates, ovens, infrared heaters, and the like can be used. Heating is preferably performed in an environment with a low oxygen concentration by circulating an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon.
<第1顯影步驟> 曝光後的上述第1感光性膜提供於使用顯影液進行顯影來形成圖案之第1顯影步驟。 亦即,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法包括對藉由第1曝光步驟曝光之第1感光性膜進行顯影來形成第1圖案之第1顯影步驟。藉由進行顯影,膜的曝光部及非曝光部中的一者被去除,形成第1圖案。 上述顯影使用顯影液進行為較佳。 在此,將藉由顯影去除膜的非曝光部之顯影稱為負型顯影,將藉由顯影去除膜的曝光部之顯影稱為正型顯影。 <First Development Step> The exposed first photosensitive film is subjected to a first development step in which it is developed using a developer to form a pattern. That is, the composite pattern production method of the present invention includes a first development step in which the first photosensitive film exposed in the first exposure step is developed to form a first pattern. During development, one of the exposed and unexposed portions of the film is removed, forming the first pattern. Preferably, this development is performed using a developer. Herein, development in which the unexposed portions of the film are removed by development is referred to as negative development, and development in which the exposed portions of the film are removed by development is referred to as positive development.
〔顯影液〕 作為在第1顯影步驟中使用之顯影液,可舉出鹼水溶液或包含有機溶劑之顯影液。 [Developer] The developer used in the first developing step can be an alkaline aqueous solution or a developer containing an organic solvent.
顯影液係鹼水溶液時,作為鹼水溶液能夠包含之鹽性化合物,可舉出無機鹼類、一級胺類、二級胺類、三級胺類、四級銨鹽,TMAH(氫氧化四甲基銨)、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、氫氧化鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨、乙胺、正丙胺、二乙胺、二正丁胺、三乙胺、甲基二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基胺、氫氧化四丁基胺、氫氧化四戊基胺、氫氧化四己基胺、氫氧化四辛基胺、氫氧化乙基三甲基銨、氫氧化丁基三甲基銨、氫氧化甲基三戊基銨、氫氧化二丁基二戊基銨、氫氧化二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)銨、氫氧化三甲基苯基銨、氫氧化三甲基苄基銨、氫氧化三乙基苄基銨、吡咯、哌啶為較佳,更佳為TMAH。例如使用TMAH時,顯影液中的鹼性化合物在顯影液總量中的含量係0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.3~3質量%為進一步較佳。When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, examples of the saline compounds that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution include inorganic bases, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, quaternary ammonium salts, TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide), potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-butylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylethanolamine, diethyl ... Preferred are tetrapropylamine, tetrabutylamine hydroxide, tetrapentylamine hydroxide, tetrahexylamine hydroxide, tetraoctylamine hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltripentylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, triethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, pyrrole, and piperidine. More preferred is TMAH. For example, when TMAH is used, the content of the alkaline compound in the developer is preferably 0.01 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass %, and even more preferably 0.3 to 3 mass % based on the total amount of the developer.
顯影液包含有機溶劑時,關於有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為環狀烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、大茴香醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類,以及作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸,以及作為醇類,可較佳地舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基甲醇、三乙二醇等,以及作為醯胺類,可較佳地舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent includes, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., 3-alkoxy methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.), methyl 2-alkoxypropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ester, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, and the like; and as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiocyanate acetate, ethyl thiocyanate acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like; and as ketones, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiocyanate acetate, ethyl thiocyanate acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like are preferably mentioned. Examples of the preferred hydrocarbons include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone; examples of the preferred cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole; and cyclic terpenes such as limonene; examples of the preferred sulfoxides include dimethyl sulfoxide; examples of the preferred alcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl carbinol, and triethylene glycol; and examples of the preferred amides include N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, and dimethylformamide.
又,顯影液包含有機溶劑時,有機溶劑能夠使用1種或混合使用2種以上。本發明中,尤其包含選自包括環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及環己酮之群組中之至少1種之顯影液為較佳,包含選自包括環戊酮、γ-丁內酯及二甲基亞碸之群組中之至少1種之顯影液為更佳,包括環戊酮之顯影液為最佳。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and cyclohexanone is preferred. A developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, and dimethyl sulfoxide is more preferred, and a developer containing cyclopentanone is most preferred.
顯影液包含有機溶劑時,相對於顯影液的總質量之有機溶劑的含量係50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。又,上述含量亦可以為100質量%。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the content of the organic solvent relative to the total mass of the developer is preferably 50% by mass or greater, more preferably 70% by mass or greater, even more preferably 80% by mass or greater, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or greater. Furthermore, the above content may be 100% by mass.
顯影液可以進一步包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如,可舉出公知的界面活性劑和公知的消泡劑等。 The developer may further contain other components. Examples of such other components include known surfactants and defoaming agents.
〔顯影液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所需圖案,則顯影液的供給方法並沒有特別限制,有將形成有膜之基材浸漬於顯影液中之方法、用噴嘴對形成於基材上之膜供給顯影液之覆液顯影或連續供給顯影液之方法。噴嘴的種類並沒有特別限制,可舉出直流噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 從顯影液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,將顯影液用直流噴嘴供給之方法、或用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從顯影液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。 又,可以採用如下步驟:用直流噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,旋轉乾燥後再次用直流噴嘴連續供給之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,亦可以將該步驟重複複數次。 又,作為第1顯影步驟中的顯影液的供給方法,能夠採用在基材上連續供給顯影液之步驟、顯影液以大致靜止狀態保持在基材上之步驟、利用超音波等使顯影液在基材上振動之步驟及將該等組合而成之步驟等。 [Developer Supply Method] As long as the desired pattern can be formed, there are no particular limitations on the developer supply method. Examples include immersing the film-formed substrate in the developer, flood development using a nozzle to supply developer to the film formed on the substrate, and continuous developer supply. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples include direct current nozzles, shower nozzles, and mist nozzles. From the perspectives of developer permeability, removal of non-image areas, and manufacturing efficiency, it is preferable to supply the developer using a DC nozzle or a continuous spray nozzle. From the perspective of developer permeability to the image area, the spray nozzle method is more preferred. Alternatively, the following steps can be employed: after continuously supplying developer using a DC nozzle, the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate. After drying the developer by rotation, the developer is continuously supplied again using a DC nozzle, and then the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate. This step can also be repeated multiple times. Furthermore, the developer solution supply method in the first development step may include a step of continuously supplying the developer solution onto the substrate, a step of holding the developer solution on the substrate in a substantially stationary state, a step of vibrating the developer solution on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, or a combination of these methods.
作為顯影時間,10秒~10分鐘為較佳,20秒~5分鐘為更佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並沒有特別限定,較佳為能夠在10~45℃下進行,更佳為能夠在18℃~30℃下進行。The developing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developer during development is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.
第1顯影步驟中,可以在使用顯影液之處理之後進一步進行基於沖洗液之圖案的清洗(沖洗)。又,亦可以採用在與圖案接觸之顯影液未完全乾燥之前供給沖洗液等之方法。In the first development step, the pattern may be cleaned (rinsed) with a rinse solution after treatment with the developer. Alternatively, a rinse solution may be supplied before the developer in contact with the pattern has completely dried.
〔沖洗液〕 顯影液係鹼水溶液時,作為沖洗液,例如能夠使用水。顯影液係包含有機溶劑之顯影液時,作為沖洗液,例如,能夠使用與顯影液中包含之溶劑不同的溶劑(例如,與水、顯影液中包含之有機溶劑不同的有機溶劑)。 [Rinse Solution] When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, water, for example, can be used as the rinse solution. When the developer contains an organic solvent, a solvent different from the solvent contained in the developer (for example, an organic solvent different from water or the organic solvent contained in the developer) can be used as the rinse solution.
作為沖洗液包含有機溶劑時的有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為環狀烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、大茴香醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類,以及作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸,以及作為醇類,可較佳地舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基甲醇、三乙二醇等,以及作為醯胺類,可較佳地舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。When the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent includes, for example, esters, preferably ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., 3-alkoxy methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.), methyl 2-alkoxypropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ester, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, and the like; and as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiocyanate acetate, ethyl thiocyanate acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like; and as ketones, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiocyanate acetate, ethyl thiocyanate acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like are preferably mentioned. Examples of the preferred hydrocarbons include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone; examples of the preferred cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole; and cyclic terpenes such as limonene; examples of the preferred sulfoxides include dimethyl sulfoxide; examples of the preferred alcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl carbinol, and triethylene glycol; and examples of the preferred amides include N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, and dimethylformamide.
沖洗液包含有機溶劑時,有機溶劑能夠使用1種或混合使用2種以上。本發明中,尤其,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、環己酮、PGMEA、PGME為較佳,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、PGMEA、PGME為更佳,環己酮、PGMEA為進一步較佳。When the rinse solution contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA, and PGME are particularly preferred, with cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, PGMEA, and PGME being even more preferred, and cyclohexanone and PGMEA being even more preferred.
沖洗液包含有機溶劑時,沖洗液的50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,沖洗液可以為100質量%為有機溶劑。When the rinse solution contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent preferably accounts for 50% by mass or more of the rinse solution, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the rinse solution, and even more preferably 90% by mass or more of the rinse solution. Alternatively, the organic solvent may account for 100% by mass of the rinse solution.
沖洗液可以進一步包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如,可舉出公知的界面活性劑和公知的消泡劑等。 The rinse solution may further contain other ingredients. Examples of other ingredients include known surfactants and defoaming agents.
〔沖洗液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所需圖案,則沖洗液的供給方法並沒有特別限制,有將基材浸漬於沖洗液中之方法、基材上的覆液式供給、用噴淋頭在基材上供給沖洗液之方法、藉由直流噴嘴等方法在基材上連續供給沖洗液之方法。 從沖洗液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,有用噴淋噴嘴、直流噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等供給沖洗液之方法,用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從沖洗液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。噴嘴的種類並沒有特別限制,可舉出直流噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 亦即,沖洗步驟係利用直流噴嘴對上述曝光後的膜供給或連續供給沖洗液之步驟為較佳,藉由噴霧噴嘴供給沖洗液之步驟為更佳。 又,作為沖洗步驟中的沖洗液的供給方法,能夠採用在基材上連續供給沖洗液之步驟、沖洗液以大致靜止狀態保持在基材上之步驟、利用超音波等使沖洗液在基材上振動之步驟及將該等組合而成之步驟等。 [Rinsing Liquid Supply Method] There are no particular limitations on the method for supplying the rinsing liquid, as long as the desired pattern can be formed. Examples include immersing the substrate in the rinsing liquid, applying the rinsing liquid over the substrate, supplying the rinsing liquid onto the substrate using a showerhead, and continuously supplying the rinsing liquid onto the substrate using a direct current nozzle. From the perspectives of rinse liquid permeability, removal of non-image areas, and manufacturing efficiency, the rinse liquid can be supplied using a shower nozzle, a direct current nozzle, or a mist nozzle. Continuous supply using a mist nozzle is preferred, and from the perspective of rinse liquid permeability into the image area, supply using a mist nozzle is even more preferred. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples include direct current nozzles, shower nozzles, and mist nozzles. Specifically, the rinsing step preferably involves supplying or continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the exposed film using a direct current nozzle, and more preferably, supplying the rinsing liquid using a mist nozzle. Additionally, the rinsing liquid supply method in the rinsing step can include continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate, maintaining the rinsing liquid substantially stationary on the substrate, vibrating the rinsing liquid on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, or a combination of these methods.
作為沖洗時間,10秒~10分鐘為較佳,20秒~5分鐘為更佳。沖洗時的沖洗液的溫度並沒有特別限定,較佳為能夠在10~45℃下進行,更佳為能夠在18℃~30℃下進行。The rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the rinsing solution during rinsing is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.
<第2膜形成步驟> 本發明的複合圖案的製造方法包括在上述第1圖案上及藉由第1顯影步驟去除了上述第1圖案之區域上適用第2樹脂組成物形成第2感光性膜之第2膜形成步驟。 關於本發明中使用之第2樹脂組成物的詳細內容,將進行後述。 <Second Film Formation Step> The composite pattern production method of the present invention includes a second film formation step of applying a second resin composition to form a second photosensitive film on the first pattern and on the area where the first pattern was removed in the first development step. The details of the second resin composition used in the present invention will be described later.
作為適用第2樹脂組成物的方法,可舉出與上述第1膜形成步驟中的適用第1樹脂組成物的方法相同的方法,較佳態樣亦相同。As a method for applying the second resin composition, the same method as the method for applying the first resin composition in the above-mentioned first film formation step can be cited, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
<第2乾燥步驟> 上述第2感光性膜可以在第2膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)之後提供於為了去除溶劑而乾燥所形成之膜(層)之步驟(第2乾燥步驟)。 亦即,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法可以包括乾燥藉由第2膜形成步驟形成之膜之第2乾燥步驟。 又,上述第2乾燥步驟在第2膜形成步驟之後且在第2曝光步驟之前進行為較佳。 作為第2乾燥步驟中的乾燥方法,可舉出與上述第1乾燥步驟中的乾燥方法相同的方法,較佳態樣亦相同。 <Second Drying Step> The second photosensitive film may be subjected to a step (second drying step) of drying the formed film (layer) to remove the solvent after the second film formation step (layer formation step). That is, the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention may include a second drying step of drying the film formed in the second film formation step. Preferably, the second drying step is performed after the second film formation step and before the second exposure step. The drying method in the second drying step can be the same as that in the first drying step, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
<第2曝光步驟> 上述第2感光性膜提供於對第2感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第2曝光步驟。 亦即,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法包括對藉由第2膜形成步驟形成之第2感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第2曝光步驟。 作為第2曝光步驟中的曝光方法,可舉出與上述第1曝光步驟中的曝光方法相同的方法,較佳態樣亦相同。 <Second Exposure Step> The second photosensitive film is provided in a second exposure step in which the second photosensitive film is selectively exposed. That is, the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention includes a second exposure step in which the second photosensitive film formed in the second film formation step is selectively exposed. The exposure method in the second exposure step can be the same as that in the first exposure step, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
<第2曝光後加熱步驟> 上述第2感光性膜可以提供於曝光後加熱之步驟(第2曝光後加熱步驟)。 亦即,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法可以包括加熱藉由第2曝光步驟被曝光之第2感光性膜之第2曝光後加熱步驟。 第2曝光後加熱步驟能夠在第2曝光步驟後、第2顯影步驟前進行。 作為第2曝光後加熱步驟中的加熱方法,可舉出與上述第1曝光後加熱步驟中的加熱方法相同的方法,較佳態樣亦相同。 <Second Post-Exposure Heating Step> The second photosensitive film may be subjected to a post-exposure heating step (second post-exposure heating step). That is, the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention may include a second post-exposure heating step of heating the second photosensitive film exposed in the second exposure step. The second post-exposure heating step can be performed after the second exposure step and before the second development step. The heating method in the second post-exposure heating step can be the same as that in the first post-exposure heating step, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
<第2顯影步驟> 曝光後的上述第2感光性膜提供於使用顯影液進行顯影來形成圖案之第2顯影步驟。 亦即,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法包括對藉由第2曝光步驟曝光之第2感光性膜進行顯影來形成第2圖案之第2顯影步驟。藉由進行顯影,膜的曝光部及非曝光部中的一者被去除,形成第2圖案。 上述顯影使用顯影液進行為較佳。 作為第2顯影步驟中的顯影方法,可舉出與上述第1顯影步驟中的顯影方法相同的方法,較佳態樣亦相同。 <Second Development Step> The exposed second photosensitive film is subjected to a second development step in which it is developed using a developer to form a pattern. That is, the composite pattern production method of the present invention includes a second development step in which the second photosensitive film exposed in the second exposure step is developed to form a second pattern. The development removes one of the exposed and unexposed portions of the film, thereby forming the second pattern. Preferably, the development is performed using a developer. The development method in the second development step can be the same as that in the first development step, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
在本發明的複合圖案的第2態樣中,上述第2圖案以包覆上述第1圖案的至少一部分的方式形成。上述態樣中,上述第2圖案只要包覆上述第1圖案的至少一部分即可,包覆第1圖案的上表面及側面全部為較佳。 又,在上述第2態樣中,基材中,上述第1感光性膜中的與在上述第1顯影步驟中被去除的部分接觸之部分具有與上述第2圖案接觸之區域及不與上述第2圖案接觸之區域。亦即,第2圖案形成後露出基材的至少一部分。 根據此類態樣,例如,在第1圖案的側面能夠形成比藉由基於第2感光性膜之收縮效果獲得之第1圖案更微細的圖案,例如能夠形成縱橫比為3:1以上的高縱橫比的微細圖案。 在本發明的複合圖案的第1態樣中,上述第2圖案可以以包覆上述第1圖案的至少一部分的方式形成。 又,在本發明的複合圖案的第1態樣中,上述第2圖案可以以僅與上述第1圖案的上表面接觸之方式形成,亦可以以上述第2圖案亦與上述第1圖案的上表示面以外的表面接觸之方式形成。 此類第2圖案的位置能夠藉由第2曝光步驟中的曝光條件及曝光位置、第2顯影步驟中的顯影方法等調整。 In a second aspect of the composite pattern of the present invention, the second pattern is formed so as to cover at least a portion of the first pattern. In this aspect, the second pattern only needs to cover at least a portion of the first pattern, and preferably covers the entire top and side surfaces of the first pattern. Furthermore, in this second aspect, the portion of the first photosensitive film on the substrate that contacts the portion removed in the first development step includes regions that contact the second pattern and regions that do not. In other words, after the second pattern is formed, at least a portion of the substrate is exposed. According to this aspect, for example, a finer pattern than the first pattern achieved by the shrinkage effect of the second photosensitive film can be formed on the side of the first pattern, for example, a finer pattern with an aspect ratio of 3:1 or greater can be formed. In the first aspect of the composite pattern of the present invention, the second pattern can be formed so as to cover at least a portion of the first pattern. Furthermore, in the first aspect of the composite pattern of the present invention, the second pattern can be formed so as to contact only the top surface of the first pattern, or can also be formed so as to contact surfaces other than the top display surface of the first pattern. The position of this second pattern can be adjusted by adjusting the exposure conditions and exposure position in the second exposure step, the development method in the second development step, etc.
從形成高縱橫比的複合圖案的觀點考慮,上述第2顯影步驟後的第1圖案中的樹脂A的環化率(環化率2)與上述第1顯影步驟後的第1圖案中的樹脂A的環化率(環化率1)的比例(環化率2/環化率1)係1.1倍以下為較佳,1.07倍以下為更佳,1.05倍以下為進一步較佳。 上述環化率的下限並沒有特別限定,例如為1.0倍以上。 在此,環化率1係指在適用上述第1顯影步驟之後且在適用第2顯影步驟之前的第1圖案中的樹脂A的環化率。此外,關於樹脂A,將進行後述。 樹脂A的環化率藉由後述實施例中記載之方法算出。 From the perspective of forming a high-aspect-ratio composite pattern, the ratio of the cyclization ratio of Resin A in the first pattern after the second development step (cyclization ratio 2) to the cyclization ratio of Resin A in the first pattern after the first development step (cyclization ratio 1) (cyclization ratio 2/cyclization ratio 1) is preferably 1.1 times or less, more preferably 1.07 times or less, and even more preferably 1.05 times or less. The lower limit of the cyclization ratio is not particularly limited; for example, it is 1.0 times or greater. Here, cyclization ratio 1 refers to the cyclization ratio of Resin A in the first pattern after the first development step and before the second development step. Resin A will be described later. The cyclization rate of Resin A was calculated by the method described in the Examples below.
從形成高縱橫比的複合圖案的觀點考慮,上述第1圖案的殘膜率在形成上述第2圖案之後(結束第2顯影步驟之後)成為70%以上為較佳。 上述殘膜率係70%以上為較佳,85%以上為更佳。又,上述殘膜率的上限並沒有特別限定,可以為100%。 上述殘膜率藉由後述實施例中記載之方法算出。 From the perspective of forming a high-aspect-ratio composite pattern, the residual film ratio of the first pattern after forming the second pattern (after the second development step) is preferably 70% or higher. The residual film ratio is preferably 70% or higher, and more preferably 85% or higher. The upper limit of the residual film ratio is not particularly limited and can be 100%. The residual film ratio is calculated using the method described in the Examples below.
製作高縱橫比的複合圖案時,從抑制產生殘渣的觀點考慮,上述第1感光性膜在第1顯影步驟中之顯影液中的溶解速度S1與第2感光性膜在第2顯影步驟中之顯影液中的溶解速度S2之比S2/S1係1.05以上為較佳。 上述S2/S1係1.07以上為較佳,1.10以上為更佳。上述S2/S1的上限並沒有特別限定,2以下為較佳。 When producing high-aspect-ratio composite patterns, from the perspective of suppressing residue generation, the ratio (S2/S1) of the dissolution rate (S1) of the first photosensitive film in the developer solution during the first development step to the dissolution rate (S2) of the second photosensitive film in the developer solution during the second development step is preferably 1.05 or greater. S2/S1 is preferably 1.07 or greater, and more preferably 1.10 or greater. There is no particular upper limit for S2/S1, but a ratio of 2 or less is preferred.
<改質步驟> 本發明的複合圖案的製造方法包括一次性改質上述第1圖案及上述第2圖案之改質步驟。 上述改質步驟係一次性加熱上述第1圖案及上述第2圖案之加熱步驟為較佳。 藉由上述改質步驟,能夠形成包括第1圖案和第2圖案之複合圖案。 本發明中,“一次性改質上述第1圖案及上述第2圖案”係指在上述改質步驟之前實質上不包括僅改質第1圖案之步驟。亦即,不會有意在上述改質步驟之前包括僅改質第1圖案之步驟。然而,形成第1圖案之後,在用於形成第2圖案的各步驟中,關於由能夠包含在第1圖案中之未反應的成分引起之反應並不受該限制。 例如,作為改質步驟,可舉出以下態樣。 ・同時加熱第1圖案和第2圖案來進行改質之步驟 ・分階段同時加熱第1圖案和第2圖案而進行改質之步驟 ・包括2次以上同時加熱第1圖案和第2圖案來進行改質之步驟 ・包括2次以上分階段同時加熱第1圖案和第2圖案來進行改質之步驟 如上所述,只要同時進行改質第1圖案和第2圖案之步驟,亦即,只要為以相同的步驟階段且相同的條件改質第1圖案和第2圖案之態樣,則可以適用複數次相同的改質步驟,亦可以將不同的改質步驟彼此組合來適用。 <Modification Step> The method for producing a composite pattern of the present invention includes a modification step of modifying the first and second patterns simultaneously. Preferably, the modification step involves heating the first and second patterns simultaneously. Through this modification step, a composite pattern comprising the first and second patterns can be formed. In the present invention, "modifying the first and second patterns simultaneously" means that the modification step does not substantially include a step of modifying only the first pattern prior to the modification step. In other words, there is no intentional step of modifying only the first pattern prior to the modification step. However, after forming the first pattern, the steps for forming the second pattern are not subject to this limitation regarding reactions caused by unreacted components that may be contained in the first pattern. For example, the following aspects can be cited as modification steps. ・The step of simultaneously heating the first and second patterns to perform the modification ・The step of simultaneously heating the first and second patterns in stages to perform the modification ・The step of simultaneously heating the first and second patterns two or more times to perform the modification ・The step of simultaneously heating the first and second patterns in stages to perform the modification As described above, as long as the step of modifying the first and second patterns is performed simultaneously, that is, as long as the first and second patterns are modified at the same stage and under the same conditions, the same modification step may be applied multiple times, and different modification steps may be combined and applied.
〔加熱步驟〕 藉由第1顯影步驟獲得之第1圖案及藉由第2顯影步驟獲得之第2圖案(進行沖洗時,分別為沖洗後的圖案)可以提供於一次性加熱該等圖案之加熱步驟。 亦即,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法可以包括一次性加熱藉由第1顯影步驟獲得之第1圖案及藉由第2顯影步驟獲得之第2圖案之加熱步驟。 加熱步驟中,聚醯亞胺前驅物等樹脂環化成為聚醯亞胺等樹脂。 又,亦進行有時包含在第1樹脂組成物及第2樹脂組成物中之未反應的交聯性基的交聯反應等。 作為加熱步驟中的加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50~450℃為較佳,150~350℃為更佳,150~250℃為進一步較佳,160~250℃為更進一步較佳,160~240℃為特佳。 [Heating Step] The first pattern obtained by the first developing step and the second pattern obtained by the second developing step (or, if rinsing is performed, the post-rinsing pattern, respectively) can be subjected to a heating step for heating these patterns at once. That is, the method for producing a composite pattern of the present invention can include a heating step for heating the first pattern obtained by the first developing step and the second pattern obtained by the second developing step at once. During the heating step, a resin such as a polyimide precursor undergoes cyclization to form a resin such as a polyimide. Furthermore, a crosslinking reaction may also occur with unreacted crosslinking groups that may be present in the first and second resin compositions. The heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the heating step is preferably 50-450°C, more preferably 150-350°C, even more preferably 150-250°C, even more preferably 160-250°C, and particularly preferably 160-240°C.
加熱步驟係利用藉由加熱從鹼產生劑產生之鹼等的作用,在上述第1圖案和/或第2圖案內促進上述聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化反應之步驟為較佳。The heating step is preferably a step of promoting the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor in the first pattern and/or the second pattern by utilizing the action of the base generated from the base generator by heating.
關於加熱步驟中的加熱,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度,以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳。上述升溫速度係2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產性的同時防止酸或溶劑的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠緩和複合圖案的殘留應力。 此外,能夠快速加熱的烘箱的情況下,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度以1~8℃/秒的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~7℃/秒為更佳,3~6℃/秒為進一步較佳。 During the heating step, heating is preferably performed at a rate of 1-12°C/minute from the starting temperature to the maximum heating temperature. This rate is more preferably 2-10°C/minute, and even more preferably 3-10°C/minute. A rate of 1°C/minute or higher ensures productivity while preventing excessive volatilization of the acid or solvent. A rate of 12°C/minute or lower alleviates residual stress in the composite pattern. In addition, in a fast-heating oven, a rate of 1-8°C/second, more preferably 2-7°C/second, and even more preferably 3-6°C/second, from the starting temperature to the maximum heating temperature is preferred.
加熱開始時的溫度係20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度係指加熱至最高加熱溫度之步驟開始時的溫度。例如,在將本發明的第1樹脂組成物或第2樹脂組成物適用於基材上之後使其乾燥時,係指該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度。例如,從比該等樹脂組成物中包含之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度升溫為較佳。The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at the start of the heating step to the maximum heating temperature. For example, when the first or second resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate and then dried, this refers to the temperature of the dried film (layer). For example, heating is preferably performed from a temperature 30 to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition.
加熱時間(在最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)係5~360分鐘為較佳,10~300分鐘為更佳,15~240分鐘為進一步較佳。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 5 to 360 minutes, more preferably 10 to 300 minutes, and even more preferably 15 to 240 minutes.
尤其,在形成多層的積層體時,從層間密接性的觀點考慮,加熱溫度係30℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,100℃以上為進一步較佳,120℃以上為特佳。 上述溫度的上限係350℃以下為較佳,250℃以下為更佳,240℃以下為進一步較佳。 In particular, when forming multi-layer laminates, from the perspective of interlayer adhesion, the heating temperature is preferably 30°C or higher, more preferably 80°C or higher, even more preferably 100°C or higher, and particularly preferably 120°C or higher. The upper limit of the above temperature is preferably 350°C or lower, more preferably 250°C or lower, and even more preferably 240°C or lower.
加熱可以分階段進行。作為例子,可以進行如下步驟:以3℃/分鐘從25℃升溫至120℃且在120℃下保持60分鐘,以2℃/分鐘從120℃升溫至180℃且在180℃下保持120分鐘。又,如美國專利第9159547號說明書中記載,照射紫外線的同時進行處理亦較佳。藉由該等前處理步驟能夠提高膜的特性。前處理步驟在10秒~2小時左右的短時間內進行即可,15秒~30分鐘為更佳。前處理可以設為2階段以上的步驟,例如可以在100~150℃的範圍內進行第1階段的前處理步驟,然後在150~200℃的範圍內進行第2階段的前處理步驟。 進而,可以在加熱之後進行冷卻,作為該情況下的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。 Heating can be performed in stages. For example, the following steps can be performed: heating from 25°C to 120°C at 3°C/minute and holding at 120°C for 60 minutes, then heating from 120°C to 180°C at 2°C/minute and holding at 180°C for 120 minutes. Furthermore, as described in U.S. Patent No. 9,159,547, simultaneous treatment with UV irradiation is also preferred. These pretreatment steps can improve membrane properties. The pretreatment step can be performed for a short period of time, from approximately 10 seconds to 2 hours, preferably from 15 seconds to 30 minutes. Pretreatment can be performed in two or more stages. For example, the first stage can be performed at a temperature between 100 and 150°C, followed by a second stage at a temperature between 150 and 200°C. Furthermore, heating can be followed by cooling. In this case, a cooling rate of 1 to 5°C/minute is preferred.
關於加熱步驟,從防止特定樹脂分解的方面考慮,藉由流通氮、氦、氬等惰性氣體之減壓下進行等低氧濃度的環境下進行為較佳。氧濃度係50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。 作為加熱步驟中的加熱方法,並沒有特別限定,例如可舉出加熱板、紅外爐、電熱式烘箱、熱風式烘箱、紅外線烘箱等。 To prevent decomposition of certain resins, the heating step is preferably performed in a low-oxygen environment, such as under reduced pressure with an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon. An oxygen concentration of 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less is preferred, and 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less is even more preferred. The heating method used in the heating step is not particularly limited; examples include a hot plate, infrared furnace, electric oven, hot air oven, and infrared oven.
〔顯影後曝光步驟〕 藉由第1顯影步驟獲得之第1圖案及藉由第2顯影步驟獲得之第2圖案(進行沖洗時,分別為沖洗後的圖案)可以代替上述加熱步驟提供於曝光顯影步驟後的圖案之顯影後曝光步驟,或者除了上述加熱步驟以外,亦提供於曝光顯影步驟後的圖案之顯影後曝光步驟。 亦即,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法可以包括對藉由第1顯影步驟獲得之第1圖案及藉由第2顯影步驟獲得之第2圖案進行曝光之顯影後曝光步驟。本發明的複合圖案的製造方法可以包括加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟作為改質步驟,亦可以僅包括加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的一者作為改質步驟。 在顯影後曝光步驟中,例如,能夠促進藉由光鹼產生劑的感光進行聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化之反應、藉由光酸產生劑的感光進行酸分解性基的脫離之反應等。 顯影後曝光步驟中,第1圖案及第2圖案的至少一部分被曝光即可,但上述第1圖案及第2圖案的全部被曝光為較佳。 顯影後曝光步驟中的曝光量以感光性化合物具有靈敏度之波長處的曝光能量換算計,50~20,000mJ/cm 2為較佳,100~15,000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 關於顯影後曝光步驟,例如能夠使用上述曝光步驟中的光源進行,使用寬頻光為較佳。 [Post-Development Exposure Step] The first pattern obtained in the first development step and the second pattern obtained in the second development step (when rinsing is performed, each is referred to as a post-development exposure step) can be provided in the post-development exposure step of the pattern after the development step, either in place of the aforementioned heating step, or in addition to the aforementioned heating step. That is, the composite pattern production method of the present invention can include a post-development exposure step of exposing the first pattern obtained in the first development step and the second pattern obtained in the second development step. The method for producing a composite pattern of the present invention may include a heating step and a post-development exposure step as a modification step, or may include only one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step as a modification step. In the post-development exposure step, for example, cyclization reactions of polyimide precursors, etc., can be promoted by sensitization with a photoalkali generator, or acid-degradable group removal reactions can be promoted by sensitization with a photoacid generator. In the post-development exposure step, at least a portion of the first and second patterns may be exposed, but preferably, all of the first and second patterns are exposed. The exposure dose in the post-development exposure step is preferably 50 to 20,000 mJ/ cm² , and more preferably 100 to 15,000 mJ/ cm² , calculated as exposure energy at the wavelength to which the photosensitive compound is sensitive. The post-development exposure step can be performed using the same light source as in the exposure step described above, preferably broadband light.
本發明的複合圖案的製造方法可以進一步包括上述第2圖案上及藉由第2顯影步驟去除了上述第2圖案之區域上適用第3樹脂組成物形成第3感光性膜之第3膜形成步驟、對上述第3感光性膜進行選擇性曝光之第3曝光步驟、對曝光後的上述第3感光性膜進行顯影來形成第3圖案之第3顯影步驟。 根據此類態樣,可獲得除了包括第1圖案及第2圖案以外,亦包括第3圖案之3層的複合圖案。 第3膜形成步驟、第3曝光步驟、第3顯影步驟分別能夠藉由與第2膜形成步驟、第2曝光步驟、第2顯影步驟相同的方法實施,較佳態樣亦相同。 可以在第3膜形成步驟之後包括第3乾燥步驟,亦可以在第3曝光步驟之後包括第3曝光後加熱步驟。第3乾燥步驟能夠藉由與第2乾燥步驟相同的方法實施,又,第3曝光後加熱步驟能夠藉由與第2曝光後加熱步驟相同的方法實施。 又,除了包括第3膜形成步驟、第3曝光步驟、第3顯影步驟以外,進一步包括第4膜形成步驟、第4曝光步驟、第4顯影步驟等,藉此亦能夠設為4層以上的複合圖案。 進而,上述第3膜形成步驟、第3曝光步驟、第3顯影步驟等可以在上述改質步驟後進行,在改質步驟之前進行為較佳。 The composite pattern production method of the present invention may further include a third film formation step of applying a third resin composition to form a third photosensitive film on the second pattern and on the areas where the second pattern was removed by the second development step; a third exposure step of selectively exposing the third photosensitive film; and a third development step of developing the exposed third photosensitive film to form a third pattern. According to this aspect, a three-layer composite pattern can be obtained, including not only the first and second patterns but also the third pattern. The third film formation step, the third exposure step, and the third development step can be performed using the same methods as the second film formation step, the second exposure step, and the second development step, respectively, and preferred embodiments are the same. A third drying step may be included after the third film formation step, and a third post-exposure heating step may be included after the third exposure step. The third drying step can be performed by the same method as the second drying step, and the third post-exposure heating step can be performed by the same method as the second post-exposure heating step. Furthermore, in addition to the third film formation step, the third exposure step, and the third development step, a fourth film formation step, a fourth exposure step, and a fourth development step may be further included to provide a composite pattern having four or more layers. Furthermore, the third film formation step, the third exposure step, the third development step, etc. can be performed after the modification step, but preferably before the modification step.
<金屬層形成步驟> 藉由改質步驟獲得之複合圖案可以提供於在複合圖案上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟。 亦即,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法包括在藉由改質步驟獲得之複合圖案上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟為較佳。 <Metal Layer Formation Step> The composite pattern obtained in the modification step can be subjected to a metal layer formation step of forming a metal layer on the composite pattern. That is, the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer formation step of forming a metal layer on the composite pattern obtained in the modification step.
作為金屬層,並沒有特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,可例示銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金、鎢、錫、銀及包含該等金屬之合金,銅及鋁為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metals can be used. Examples include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, tin, silver, and alloys containing these metals. Copper and aluminum are more preferred, and copper is even more preferred.
金屬層的形成方法並沒有特別限定,能夠適用現有的方法。例如,能夠利用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報、美國專利第7888181B2、美國專利第9177926B2中記載之方法。例如,可考慮光微影、PVD(物理沉積法)、CVD(化學氣相沈積法)、剝離(liftoff)、電解電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及組合該等而成之方法等。更具體而言,可舉出組合了濺射、光微影及蝕刻之圖案化方法、組合了光微影及電解電鍍之圖案化方法。作為電鍍的較佳態樣,可舉出使用了硫酸銅電鍍液、氰化銅電鍍液之電解電鍍。The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, methods described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-157879, Japanese National Publication No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-214501, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-101850, U.S. Patent No. 7,888,181B2, and U.S. Patent No. 9,177,926B2 can be utilized. For example, photolithography, PVD (physical deposition), CVD (chemical vapor deposition), liftoff, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and combinations thereof can be considered. More specifically, patterning methods that combine sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and those that combine photolithography and electrolytic plating can be cited. Preferred electrolytic plating methods include electrolytic plating using copper sulfate plating solutions or copper cyanide plating solutions.
作為金屬層的厚度,在最厚的部分,0.01~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.01 to 50 μm, more preferably 1 to 10 μm, at the thickest portion.
<用途> 作為能夠適用本發明的複合圖案的製造方法或本發明的複合圖案之領域,可舉出半導體裝置的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、TSV(矽穿孔:through silicon via)或TMV(模穿孔:through mold via)用途的層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,可舉出密封膜、基板材料(柔性印刷電路板的基底膜或覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或藉由蝕刻在上述之類的實際安裝用途的絕緣膜上形成圖案之情況等。關於該等用途,例如,能夠參考Science & Technology Co.,Ltd.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化和應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC技術圖書館“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎和開發”2011年11月發行,日本聚醯亞胺・芳香族系高分子研究會/編“最新聚醯亞胺 基礎和應用”NTS,2010年8月等。 <Applications> Examples of applications for the composite pattern manufacturing method and composite patterns of the present invention include insulating films for semiconductor devices, interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers, interlayer insulating films for TSV (through silicon via) and TMV (through mold via) applications, and stress buffer films. Examples include sealing films, substrate materials (base films or cover films for flexible printed circuit boards, interlayer insulating films), and the formation of patterns by etching on insulating films for practical mounting applications such as those described above. For information on these applications, see, for example, "Advanced Functionality and Application Technology of Polyimides" by Science & Technology Co., Ltd., April 2008; "Fundamentals and Development of Polyimide Materials" by Masaaki Kakimoto, CMC Technical Library, November 2011; and "Latest Polyimides: Fundamentals and Applications" by the Japan Polyimide and Aromatic Polymer Research Society, NTS, August 2010.
又,本發明的複合圖案的製造方法或本發明的複合圖案亦能夠用於膠印版面或網印版面等版面的製造、成型部件在蝕刻中的用途、電子尤其微電子中的保護漆及介電層的製造等。Furthermore, the composite pattern manufacturing method or the composite pattern of the present invention can also be used in the manufacture of offset printing plates or screen printing plates, the use of molded parts in etching, and the manufacture of protective varnishes and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics.
<複合圖案> 藉由本發明的複合圖案的製造方法獲得之複合圖案的形態並沒有特別限定,能夠根據用途選擇膜狀、棒狀、球狀、丸狀等。在本發明中,該複合圖案係膜狀為較佳。又,亦能夠藉由圖案加工,根據在壁面形成保護膜、形成用於導通的通孔、調整電阻、靜電容量或內部應力、賦予散熱功能等用途選擇該複合圖案的形狀。該複合圖案的膜厚係0.5μm以上且150μm以下為較佳。 <Compound Pattern> The composite pattern produced by the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention is not particularly limited in form and can be in the form of a film, rod, sphere, or pellet, depending on the intended use. In the present invention, the composite pattern is preferably in the form of a film. Furthermore, through pattern processing, the shape of the composite pattern can be selected based on the intended use, such as forming a protective film on the wall, forming through-holes for electrical conduction, adjusting resistance, electrostatic capacitance, or internal stress, or providing heat dissipation. The composite pattern preferably has a film thickness of 0.5 μm or greater and 150 μm or less.
<複合圖案的特性> 第1樹脂組成物和/或第2樹脂組成物包含選自包括前述聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、包含聚苯并噁唑結構之聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物及包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物之群組中之至少1種作為樹脂A和/或樹脂B時,複合圖案中的環化率係70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為進一步較佳。 複合圖案的斷裂伸長率係30%以上為較佳,40%以上為更佳,50%以上為進一步較佳。 複合圖案的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)係180℃以上為較佳,210℃以上為更佳,230℃以上為進一步較佳。 複合圖案具有2個以上的玻璃轉移溫度時,低的溫度在上述範圍內為較佳。 <Characteristics of the Composite Pattern> When the first resin composition and/or the second resin composition include, as resin A and/or resin B, at least one member selected from the group consisting of the aforementioned polyimide precursors, polyimide precursors containing a polyimide structure, polybenzoxazole precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors containing a polybenzoxazole structure, polyamidoimide precursors, and polyamidoimide precursors containing a polyamidoimide structure, the cyclization rate in the composite pattern is preferably 70% or greater, more preferably 80% or greater, and even more preferably 90% or greater. The elongation at break of the composite pattern is preferably 30% or higher, more preferably 40% or higher, and even more preferably 50% or higher. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the composite pattern is preferably 180°C or higher, more preferably 210°C or higher, and even more preferably 230°C or higher. If the composite pattern has two or more glass transition temperatures, the lower temperature is preferably within the above range.
(積層體及積層體的製造方法) 積層體係指具有複數層由本發明的複合圖案構成之層之結構體。 本發明的積層體係包含2層以上的由複合圖案構成之層之積層體,亦可以設為積層了3層以上之積層體。 上述積層體中包含之2層以上的由上述複合圖案構成之層中,至少1個為藉由本發明的複合圖案的形成方法形成之層,從抑制複合圖案的收縮或伴隨上述收縮發生之複合圖案的變形等的觀點考慮,上述積層體中包含之由複合圖案構成之層全部為藉由本發明的複合圖案的製造方法形成之層亦較佳。 (Laminar Body and Laminate Manufacturing Method) A laminate refers to a structure having multiple layers composed of the composite pattern of the present invention. The laminate of the present invention includes two or more layers composed of the composite pattern, and may also include three or more layers. Of the two or more layers comprising the composite pattern included in the laminate, at least one is formed using the composite pattern forming method of the present invention. From the perspective of suppressing shrinkage of the composite pattern or deformation of the composite pattern associated with such shrinkage, it is also preferred that all of the layers comprising the composite pattern included in the laminate be formed using the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention.
亦即,本發明的積層體的製造方法包括本發明的複合圖案的製造方法為較佳,包括重複複數次本發明的複合圖案的製造方法之步驟為更佳。That is, the method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes the method for manufacturing the composite pattern of the present invention, and more preferably includes repeating the steps of the method for manufacturing the composite pattern of the present invention multiple times.
本發明的積層體包含2層以上的由複合圖案構成之層,在任意由上述複合圖案構成之層彼此之間包含金屬層之態樣為較佳。上述金屬層藉由上述金屬層形成步驟形成為較佳。 亦即,本發明的積層體的製造方法在複數次進行之複合圖案的製造方法之間進一步包括在由複合圖案構成之層上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟為較佳。金屬層形成步驟的較佳態樣如上所述。 作為上述積層體,例如,可舉出將至少包含依次積層有由第一複合圖案構成之層、金屬層、由第二複合圖案構成之層這3個層之層結構之積層體作為較佳者。 由上述第一複合圖案構成之層及由上述第二複合圖案構成之層均為由藉由本發明的複合圖案的形成方法獲得之複合圖案構成之層為較佳。用於形成由上述第一複合圖案構成之層之第1樹脂組成物及第2樹脂組成物與用於形成由上述第二複合圖案構成之層之第1樹脂組成物及第2樹脂組成物可以為組成相同的組成物,亦可以為組成不同的組成物。 本發明的積層體中的金屬層可較佳地用作再配線層等金屬配線。 The laminate of the present invention preferably includes two or more layers comprising a composite pattern, and preferably includes a metal layer between any of the layers comprising the composite pattern. The metal layer is preferably formed by the metal layer forming step described above. That is, the laminate manufacturing method of the present invention preferably further includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the layer comprising the composite pattern between multiple steps of the composite pattern manufacturing method. Preferred embodiments of the metal layer forming step are as described above. A preferred example of the laminate is a laminate having a layered structure comprising at least three layers, stacked in this order: a layer comprising a first composite pattern, a metal layer, and a layer comprising a second composite pattern. Preferably, both the layer comprising the first composite pattern and the layer comprising the second composite pattern are composite pattern layers obtained using the composite pattern forming method of the present invention. The first and second resin compositions used to form the layer comprising the first composite pattern and the first and second resin compositions used to form the layer comprising the second composite pattern may have the same composition or different compositions. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention is preferably used as metal wiring such as a redistribution layer.
<積層步驟> 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括積層步驟為較佳。 積層步驟係指包括在圖案(樹脂層)或金屬層的表面再次進行本發明的複合圖案的製造方法中的各步驟之內容的一系列步驟。可以在複數次進行之本發明的複合圖案的製造方法之後包括金屬層形成步驟。 <Lamination Step> The laminate manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a lamination step. The lamination step refers to a series of steps comprising performing the various steps of the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention again on the surface of the pattern (resin layer) or metal layer. The composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention may be performed multiple times before including the metal layer formation step.
積層步驟後進一步進行積層步驟時,可以在本發明的複合圖案的製造方法後或上述金屬層形成步驟後進一步進行表面活化處理步驟。作為表面活化處理,可例示電漿處理。關於表面活化處理的詳細內容,將進行後述。When a further layering step is performed after the lamination step, a surface activation treatment step may be performed after the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention or after the metal layer formation step described above. An example of the surface activation treatment is plasma treatment. Details of the surface activation treatment will be described later.
上述積層步驟進行2~20次為較佳,進行2~9次為更佳。 例如,如樹脂層(由複合圖案構成之層)/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層,將樹脂層設為2層以上且20層以下的結構為較佳,設為2層以上且9層以下的結構為進一步較佳。 上述各層的組成、形狀、膜厚等可以分別相同,亦可以不同。 The above-mentioned lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 20 times, and more preferably 2 to 9 times. For example, in the case of a resin layer (composite pattern layer)/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer, a structure of 2 or more resin layers and 20 or less resin layers is preferred, and a structure of 2 or more resin layers and 9 or less is even more preferred. The composition, shape, film thickness, etc. of each of the above-mentioned layers may be the same or different.
本發明中,尤其在設置金屬層之後,以覆蓋上述金屬層的方式進一步形成藉由上述本發明的複合圖案的製造方法獲得之複合圖案之態樣為較佳。交替進行積層由藉由本發明的複合圖案的製造方法獲得之複合圖案構成之層(樹脂層)之積層步驟與金屬層形成步驟,藉此能夠交替積層由上述複合圖案構成之層(樹脂層)與金屬層。In the present invention, after providing a metal layer, a composite pattern obtained by the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention is further formed to cover the metal layer. The steps of laminating a layer (resin layer) composed of the composite pattern obtained by the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention and forming a metal layer are alternately performed, thereby enabling the alternate lamination of the layer (resin layer) composed of the composite pattern obtained by the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention and the metal layer.
(表面活化處理步驟) 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括對上述金屬層及由複合圖案構成之層的至少一部分進行表面活化處理之表面活化處理步驟為較佳。 表面活化處理步驟通常在金屬層形成步驟之後進行,但可以在上述改質步驟之後,對由複合圖案構成之層進行表面活化處理步驟之後進行金屬層形成步驟。 表面活化處理可以僅對金屬層的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對由複合圖案構成之層的至少一部分進行,亦可以分別對金屬層及由複合圖案構成之層兩者的至少一部分進行。表面活化處理對金屬層的至少一部分進行為較佳,對金屬層中在表面形成由複合圖案構成之層之區域的一部分或全部進行表面活化處理為較佳。如上所述,藉由對金屬層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於其表面之由複合圖案構成之層的密接性。 又,表面活化處理對由複合圖案構成之層的一部分或全部進行為較佳。如上所述,藉由對由複合圖案構成之層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於經表面活化處理之表面之金屬層或樹脂層的密接性。尤其,在進行負型顯影時等、由複合圖案構成之層被硬化的情況下,不易因表面處理而受損,容易提高密接性。 作為表面活化處理,具體而言,可以選自各種原料氣體(氧、氫、氬、氮、氮/氫混合氣體、氬/氧混合氣體等)的電漿處理、電暈放電處理、基於CF 4/O 2、NF 3/O 2、SF 6、NF 3、NF 3/O 2之蝕刻處理、基於紫外線(UV)臭氧法之表面處理、浸漬於鹽酸水溶液來去除氧化覆膜之後浸漬於包含具有胺基和硫醇基中的至少1種之化合物之有機表面處理劑中的處理、使用刷子之機械性粗面化處理,電漿處理為較佳,尤其將氧作為原料氣體之氧電漿處理為較佳。電暈放電處理的情況下,能量係500~200,000J/m 2為較佳,1000~100,000J/m 2為更佳,10,000~50,000J/m 2為最佳。 (Surface Activation Step) The method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes a surface activation step of performing a surface activation treatment on at least a portion of the metal layer and the layer comprising the composite pattern. This surface activation step is typically performed after the metal layer formation step, but it can be performed after the modification step and then after the layer comprising the composite pattern is surface activated. The surface activation treatment can be performed only on at least a portion of the metal layer, only on at least a portion of the layer comprising the composite pattern, or on at least a portion of both the metal layer and the layer comprising the composite pattern. The surface activation treatment is preferably performed on at least a portion of the metal layer, and preferably on a portion or all of the area of the metal layer where the layer comprising the composite pattern is formed on the surface. As described above, by performing a surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesion between the metal layer and the layer comprising the composite pattern disposed on the surface can be improved. Furthermore, the surface activation treatment is preferably performed on a portion or all of the layer comprising the composite pattern. As described above, by performing a surface activation treatment on the surface of the layer comprising the composite pattern, the adhesion between the metal layer and the resin layer disposed on the surface of the metal layer comprising the composite pattern can be improved. In particular, when negative tone development is performed, and the layer composed of the composite pattern is cured, it is less likely to be damaged by the surface treatment, and adhesion is easily improved. Specifically, the surface activation treatment can be selected from plasma treatment using various raw material gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen/hydrogen mixed gas, argon/oxygen mixed gas, etc.), corona discharge treatment, etching treatment based on CF4 / O2 , NF3 / O2 , SF6 , NF3 , and NF3 / O2 , surface treatment based on ultraviolet (UV) ozone method, treatment by immersing in aqueous hydrochloric acid solution to remove the oxide film followed by immersion in an organic surface treatment agent containing a compound having at least one of an amino group and a thiol group, and mechanical roughening treatment using a brush. Plasma treatment is preferred, and oxygen plasma treatment using oxygen as the raw material gas is particularly preferred. In the case of corona discharge treatment, the energy is preferably 500-200,000 J/ m2 , more preferably 1000-100,000 J/ m2 , and most preferably 10,000-50,000 J/ m2 .
(半導體裝置的製造方法) 本發明亦公開包括本發明的複合圖案的製造方法或本發明的積層體的製造方法之半導體裝置的製造方法。作為將本發明的複合圖案用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜之半導體裝置的具體例,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,該等內容編入本說明書中。 (Semiconductor Device Manufacturing Method) The present invention also discloses a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, including a method for manufacturing the composite pattern of the present invention or a method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention. Specific examples of semiconductor devices using the composite pattern of the present invention to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer can be found in paragraphs 0213-0218 and Figure 1 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
(第1樹脂組成物) 本發明的第1樹脂組成物係用於形成本發明的複合圖案的製造方法中的第1感光性膜之樹脂組成物。 在本發明的複合圖案的製造方法的第1態樣中,第1樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、包含聚苯并噁唑結構之聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物及包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂亦即樹脂A。 在本發明的複合圖案的製造方法的第1態樣中,第1樹脂組成物包含上述樹脂A為較佳。 以下,對本發明的第1樹脂組成物中包含之各成分的詳細內容進行說明。 (First Resin Composition) The first resin composition of the present invention is used to form the first photosensitive film in the method for producing a composite pattern of the present invention. In the first aspect of the method for producing a composite pattern of the present invention, the first resin composition comprises at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide precursor having a polyimide structure, a polybenzoxazole precursor, a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polybenzoxazole structure, a polyamideimide precursor, and a polyamideimide precursor having a polyamideimide structure, namely, resin A. In the first aspect of the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention, the first resin composition preferably includes the aforementioned resin A. The following describes in detail the components included in the first resin composition of the present invention.
<樹脂A> 樹脂A係選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、包含聚苯并噁唑結構之聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物及包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂。 樹脂A係選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物及包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂為較佳。 <Resin A> Resin A is at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors, polyimide precursors containing a polyimide structure, polybenzoxazole precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors containing a polybenzoxazole structure, polyamidoimide precursors, and polyamidoimide precursors containing a polyamidoimide structure. Preferably, Resin A is at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors and polyimide precursors containing a polyimide structure.
樹脂A具有聚合性基為較佳,包含自由基聚合性基為更佳。 樹脂A具有自由基聚合性基時,本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含後述自由基聚合起始劑為較佳,包含後述自由基聚合起始劑且包含後述自由基交聯劑為更佳。能夠根據需要進一步包含後述增感劑。例如,由此類本發明的第1樹脂組成物形成負型感光性膜。 又,樹脂A可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。 樹脂A具有酸分解性基時,本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含後述光酸產生劑為較佳。例如,由此類本發明的第1樹脂組成物形成化學增幅型亦即正型感光性膜或負型感光性膜。 Resin A preferably has a polymerizable group, and more preferably, a radically polymerizable group. When Resin A has a radically polymerizable group, the first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a radical polymerization initiator, as described below, and more preferably contains both a radical polymerization initiator and a radical crosslinker, as described below. A sensitizer, as described below, may further be included, if desired. For example, such a first resin composition of the present invention can form a negative photosensitive film. Also, Resin A may contain a polarity-converting group such as an acid-degradable group. When Resin A has an acid-degradable group, the first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photoacid generator, as described below. For example, the first resin composition of the present invention can be used to form a chemically amplified, positive-type photosensitive film or a negative-type photosensitive film.
又,第1樹脂組成物不包含著色劑為較佳。藉由第1樹脂組成物不包含著色劑,有時曝光光的透射性優異且圖案形狀優異。Furthermore, it is preferable that the first resin composition does not contain a colorant. The absence of a colorant in the first resin composition may result in excellent light transmittance and a good pattern shape.
〔聚醯亞胺前驅物〕 本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物並不特別限定其種類等,包含由下述式(2)表示之重複單元為較佳。 【化學式1】 在式(2)中,A 1及A 2分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,R 111表示2價有機基團,R 115表示4價有機基團,R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團。 [Polyimide Precursor] The polyimide precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited in type, but preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2). [Chemical Formula 1] In formula (2), A1 and A2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R111 represents a divalent organic group, R115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
式(2)中的A 1及A 2分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,氧原子為較佳。 式(2)中的R 111表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可例示直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、環狀脂肪族基及包含芳香族基之基團,碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數3~20的芳香族基或由該等的組合構成之基團為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基之基團為更佳。上述直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基可以被鏈中的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代,上述環狀脂肪族基及芳香族基可以被環員的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代。作為本發明的較佳實施形態,可例示由-Ar-及-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基團,特佳為由-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基團。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L係單鍵或可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-NHCO-、或者由上述2個以上的組合構成之2價基團。該等較佳範圍如上所述。 In formula (2), A1 and A2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, preferably an oxygen atom. In formula (2), R111 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include linear or branched aliphatic groups, cyclic aliphatic groups, and groups containing aromatic groups. Preferably, they are linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or groups composed of combinations thereof. More preferably, they are groups containing aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The linear or branched aliphatic groups may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom in the alkyl group in the chain, and the cyclic aliphatic and aromatic groups may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom in the alkyl group of a ring member. Preferred embodiments of the present invention include groups represented by -Ar- and -Ar-L-Ar-, with -Ar-L-Ar- being particularly preferred. Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is a single bond, an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, or -NHCO-, or a divalent group composed of a combination of two or more of the foregoing. The preferred ranges are as described above.
R 111由二胺衍生為較佳。作為在聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造中使用之二胺,可舉出直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。二胺可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 具體而言,包含碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數3~20的芳香族基或由該等的組合構成之基團之二胺為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基之二胺為更佳。上述直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基可以被鏈中的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代,上述環狀脂肪族基及芳香族基可以被環員的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代。作為包含芳香族基之基團的例子,可舉出下述基團。 R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. Examples of the diamine used in the production of the polyimide precursor include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines. Only one diamine may be used, or two or more diamines may be used. Specifically, a diamine containing a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof is preferred, and a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is even more preferred. The linear or branched aliphatic group may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom in the alkyl group in the chain, and the cyclic aliphatic group and aromatic group may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom in the alkyl group of a ring member. As examples of the group containing an aromatic group, the following groups can be cited.
【化學式2】 式中,A表示單鍵或2價基團,係單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO 2-及-NHCO-或該等的組合之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-或-SO 2-之基團為更佳,-CH 2-、-O-、-S-、-SO 2-、-C(CF 3) 2-或-C(CH 3) 2-為進一步較佳。 式中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 【Chemical formula 2】 In the formula, A represents a single bond or a divalent group. Preferably, it is a single bond or a group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -SO₂- , and -NHCO- , or a combination thereof. More preferably, it is a single bond or a group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, or -SO₂-. Even more preferably, it is -CH₂- , -O-, -S-, -SO₂- , -C(CF₃) ₂- , or -C( CH₃ ) ₂- . In the formula, * represents a bonding site to another structure.
作為二胺,具體而言可舉出選自1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷及1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-二胺基環戊烷或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-二胺基環己烷、1,3-二胺基環己烷或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷或1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺;間苯二胺或對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-二胺基聯苯或3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷及3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸及3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯硫醚及3,3’-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮或3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-羥基蒽(hydroxyanthracene)、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-二胺基枯烯及2,5-二胺基枯烯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙醯胍胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺基苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟聯甲苯胺及4,4’-二胺基四聯苯中之至少1種二胺。Specific examples of the diamine include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2-diaminocyclopentane or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexane, Hexylmethane and isophoronediamine; m-phenylenediamine or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfonium and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfonium, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone or 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4 '-Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonate, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonate, 4,4'-diaminoterphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy) Biphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diamino octafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroxyanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3',5, 5'-Tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4-diaminocumene and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzanilide, esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminotrifluorotoluene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-Bis(4-aminophenyl)octafluorobutane, 1,5-Bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7-Bis(4-aminophenyl)tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-Bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-Bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-Bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene At least one diamine selected from the group consisting of: 4,4’-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4’-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfonium, 4,4’-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfonium, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3’,5,5’-tetramethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4’-diamino-2,2’-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-hexafluorotolidine, and 4,4’-diaminoquaternaryl.
又,國際公開第2017/038598號的0030~0031段中記載之二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)亦較佳。Furthermore, diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 are also preferred.
又,亦可較佳地使用國際公開第2017/038598號的0032~0034段中記載之在主鏈上具有2個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺。Furthermore, diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be preferably used.
從所獲得之有機膜的柔軟性的觀點考慮,R 111由-Ar-L-Ar-表示為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-NHCO-、或者由上述2個以上的組合構成之2價基團。Ar係伸苯基為較佳,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1或2的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-或-SO 2-為較佳。此處的脂肪族烴基係伸烷基為較佳。 From the perspective of the flexibility of the resulting organic film, R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms that may be substituted with fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, or -NHCO-, or a divalent group composed of a combination of two or more of the foregoing. Ar is preferably a phenylene group, and L is preferably an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms that may be substituted with fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, or -SO 2 -. The aliphatic alkyl group herein is preferably an alkylene group.
從i射線透射率的觀點考慮,R 111係由下述式(51)或式(61)表示之2價有機基團為較佳。尤其,從i射線透射率、易獲得的觀點考慮,由式(61)表示之2價有機基團為更佳。 式(51) 【化學式3】 在式(51)中,R 50~R 57分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或1價有機基團,R 50~R 57中的至少1個為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基,*分別獨立地表示與式(2)中的氮原子的鍵結部位。 作為R 50~R 57的1價有機基團,可舉出碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的未經取代之烷基、碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的氟化烷基等。 【化學式4】 在式(61)中,R 58及R 59分別獨立地為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基,*分別獨立地表示與式(2)中的氮原子的鍵結部位。 作為賦予式(51)或(61)的結構之二胺,可舉出2,2'-二甲基對聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(氟)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯等。該等可以使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 From the perspective of i-ray transmittance, R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, from the perspective of i-ray transmittance and availability, a divalent organic group represented by formula (61) is more preferred. Formula (51) [Chemical Formula 3] In formula (51), R50 to R57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R50 to R57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and * each independently represents a bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (2). Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R50 to R57 include an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like. [Chemical Formula 4] In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are each independently a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and * each independently represents a bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (2). Examples of diamines that impart the structure of formula (51) or (61) include 2,2'-dimethyl-p-benzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
式(2)中的R 115表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,包含芳香環之4價有機基團為較佳,由下述式(5)或式(6)表示之基團為更佳。 在式(5)或式(6)中,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 【化學式5】 在式(5)中,R 112係單鍵或2價連結基,係單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-及-NHCO-、以及該等的組合之2價連結基為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO 2-中之2價連結基為更佳,選自包括-CH 2-、-C(CF 3) 2-、-C(CH 3) 2-、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO 2-之群組中之2價連結基為進一步較佳。 R 115 in formula (2) represents a tetravalent organic group. A tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferred, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferred. In formula (5) or formula (6), * independently represents a bonding site with another structure. [Chemical Formula 5] In formula (5), R 112 is a single bond or a divalent linking group, preferably a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, and -NHCO-, and combinations thereof, more preferably a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, and -SO 2 -, and even more preferably a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S-, and -SO 2 -.
具體而言,R 115可舉出從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基等。作為符合R 115之結構,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以僅包含1種四羧酸二酐殘基,亦可以包含2種以上。 四羧酸二酐由下述式(O)表示為較佳。 【化學式6】 在式(O)中,R 115表示4價有機基團。R 115的較佳範圍的含義與式(2)中的R 115相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 Specifically, R 115 can include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The polyimide precursor may contain only one tetracarboxylic dianhydride residue or two or more tetracarboxylic dianhydride residues, as a structure corresponding to R 115. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O). [Chemical Formula 6] In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. The preferred range of R 115 has the same meaning as that of R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same.
作為四羧酸二酐的具體例,可舉出均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐以及該等碳數1~6的烷基及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物。Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane Dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy derivatives thereof.
又,作為較佳例,亦可舉出國際公開第2017/038598號的0038段中記載之四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)。Furthermore, as a preferred example, tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be cited.
在式(2)中,亦可以為R 111及R 115中的至少一個具有OH基。更具體而言,作為R 111,可舉出雙胺基苯酚衍生物的殘基。 In formula (2), at least one of R 111 and R 115 may have an OH group. More specifically, R 111 can be exemplified by a residual group of a diaminophenol derivative.
式(2)中的R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團。作為1價有機基團,包含直鏈或支鏈的烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基或聚伸烷氧基為較佳。又,R 113及R 114中的至少一個包含聚合性基為較佳,兩者均包含聚合性基為更佳。R 113及R 114中的至少一個包含2個以上的聚合性基亦較佳。作為聚合性基,係能夠藉由熱、自由基等的作用進行交聯反應之基團,自由基聚合性基為較佳。作為聚合性基的具體例,可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、烷氧基甲基、羥甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、苯并噁唑基、嵌段異氰酸酯基、胺基。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物所具有之自由基聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、異烯丙基、2-甲基烯丙基、具有與乙烯基直接鍵結之芳香環之基團(例如,乙烯基苯基等)、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、由下述式(III)表示之基團等,由下述式(III)表示之基團為較佳。 In formula (2), R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group preferably comprises a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a polyalkyleneoxy group. Furthermore, preferably, at least one of R 113 and R 114 comprises a polymerizable group, and more preferably, both comprise polymerizable groups. It is also preferred that at least one of R 113 and R 114 comprises two or more polymerizable groups. The polymerizable group is a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat, free radicals, or the like, and a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. Specific examples of polymerizable groups include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, alkoxymethyl groups, hydroxymethyl groups, acyloxymethyl groups, epoxy groups, cyclobutyl groups, benzoxazolyl groups, blocked isocyanate groups, and amino groups. Preferred free radical polymerizable groups in the polyimide precursor include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Examples of groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include vinyl groups, allyl groups, isoallyl groups, 2-methylallyl groups, groups having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (e.g., vinylphenyl groups), (meth)acrylamido groups, (meth)acryloyloxy groups, and groups represented by the following formula (III). Groups represented by the following formula (III) are preferred.
【化學式7】 【Chemical formula 7】
在式(III)中,R 200表示氫原子、甲基、乙基或羥甲基,氫原子或甲基為較佳。 在式(III)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 在式(III)中,R 201表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、伸環烷基或聚伸烷氧基。 R 201的較佳例可舉出乙烯基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基等的伸烷基、1,2-丁烷二基、1,3-丁烷二基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、聚伸烷氧基,乙烯基、伸丙基等的伸烷基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、環己基、聚伸烷氧基為更佳,乙烯基、伸丙基等伸烷基或聚伸烷氧基為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基係指伸烷氧基直接鍵結2個以上之基團。聚伸烷氧基中包含之複數個伸烷氧基中的伸烷基分別可以相同或不同。 聚伸烷氧基包含伸烷基不同的複數種伸烷氧基時,聚伸烷氧基中的伸烷氧基的排列可以為隨機排列,可以為具有嵌段之排列,亦可以為具有交替等圖案之排列。 上述伸烷基的碳數(伸烷基具有取代基時,包括取代基的碳數)係2以上為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為更進一步較佳,2或3為特佳,2為最佳。 又,上述伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為較佳之取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、鹵素原子等。 又,聚伸烷氧基中包含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數)係2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點考慮,聚乙烯氧基、聚伸丙氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結之基團為較佳,聚乙烯氧基或聚伸丙氧基為更佳,聚乙烯氧基為進一步較佳。在上述複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結之基團中,乙烯氧基和伸丙氧基可以無規排列,可以形成嵌段來排列,亦可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基團中的乙烯氧基等的重複數的較佳態樣如上所述。 In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In formula (III), * represents a bonding site to another structure. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, a cycloalkylene group, or a polyalkyleneoxy group. Preferred examples of R 201 include alkylene groups such as vinyl, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, and dodecamethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, -CH₂CH (OH) CH₂- , and polyalkoxyene groups. More preferred are alkylene groups such as vinyl and propylene, -CH₂CH(OH) CH₂- , cyclohexyl, and polyalkoxyene groups. Even more preferred are alkylene groups such as vinyl and propylene, or polyalkoxyene groups. In the present invention, a polyalkoxyene group refers to an alkoxyene group directly bonded to two or more groups. The alkylene groups in the multiple alkoxyene groups contained in the polyalkoxyene group may be the same or different. When a polyalkoxyl group comprises multiple alkoxyl groups with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkoxyl groups in the polyalkoxyl group can be random, block-like, or alternating. The carbon number of the alkoxyl group (including the carbon number of the substituent, if the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or greater, more preferably 2-10, more preferably 2-6, even more preferably 2-5, even more preferably 2-4, particularly preferably 2 or 3, and most preferably 2. Furthermore, the alkylene group may have a substituent. Preferred substituents include alkyl groups, aryl groups, and halogen atoms. Furthermore, the number of alkoxyl groups in the polyalkoxyl group (the number of repetitions of the polyalkoxyl group) is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-10, and even more preferably 2-6. From the perspective of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyalkyleneoxy groups are preferably polyethyleneoxy groups, polypropyleneoxy groups, polytrimethyleneoxy groups, polytetramethyleneoxy groups, or groups comprising multiple polyethyleneoxy groups bonded to multiple propoxy groups. Polyethyleneoxy groups or polypropyleneoxy groups are more preferred, and polyethyleneoxy groups are even more preferred. In the aforementioned groups comprising multiple polyethyleneoxy groups bonded to multiple propoxy groups, the polyethyleneoxy and propoxy groups may be arranged randomly, in blocks, or in an alternating pattern. Preferred aspects of the number of repetitions of polyethyleneoxy groups and the like in these groups are as described above.
在式(2)中,在R 113係氫原子的情況或R 114係氫原子的情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物形成共軛鹽。作為具有此類乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物的例子,可舉出N,N-二甲胺基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯。 In formula (2), when R 113 is a hydrogen atom or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor can form a conjugate salt with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. An example of a tertiary amine compound having such an ethylenically unsaturated bond is N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
在式(2)中,R 113及R 114中的至少一個可以為酸分解性基等極性轉換基。作為酸分解性基,只要藉由酸的作用分解並產生酚性羥基、羧基等鹼溶性基,則並沒有特別限定,縮醛基、縮酮基、矽基、矽基醚基、三級烷基酯基等為較佳,從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,縮醛基或縮酮基為更佳。 作為酸分解性基的具體例,可舉出三級丁氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、四氫哌喃基、四氫呋喃基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙基、乙氧基甲基、三甲基矽基、三級丁氧基羰基甲基、三甲基矽基醚基等。從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,乙氧基乙基或四氫呋喃基為較佳。 In formula (2), at least one of R 113 and R 114 may be a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it decomposes by the action of an acid to produce an alkaline-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. An acetal group, an acetal group, a silyl group, a silyl ether group, or a tertiary alkyl ester group is preferred. From the perspective of exposure sensitivity, an acetal group or a ketal group is more preferred. Specific examples of the acid-decomposable group include a tertiary butoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an ethoxyethyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a tertiary butoxycarbonylmethyl group, and a trimethylsilyl ether group. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, ethoxyethyl or tetrahydrofuryl is preferred.
又,聚醯亞胺前驅物在結構中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物中的氟原子含量係10質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。Furthermore, the polyimide precursor preferably has fluorine atoms in its structure. The fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or less.
又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺,可舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。Furthermore, to improve adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor can be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, examples of diamines include bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane and bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane.
由式(2)表示之重複單元係由式(2-A)表示之重複單元為較佳。亦即,在本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物中的至少1種為具有由式(2-A)表示之重複單元之前驅物為較佳。藉由聚醯亞胺前驅物包含由式(2-A)表示之重複單元,能夠進一步增加曝光寬容度的幅度。 式(2-A) 【化學式8】 式(2-A)中,A 1及A 2表示氧原子,R 111及R 112分別獨立地表示2價有機基團,R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R 113及R 114中的至少一個為包含聚合性基之基團,兩者均為包含聚合性基之基團為較佳。 The repeating units represented by formula (2) are preferably repeating units represented by formula (2-A). That is, at least one of the polyimide precursors used in the present invention is preferably a precursor having repeating units represented by formula (2-A). By including repeating units represented by formula (2-A) in the polyimide precursor, the exposure latitude can be further increased. Formula (2-A) [Chemical Formula 8] In formula (2-A), A1 and A2 represent oxygen atoms, R111 and R112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R113 and R114 is a group containing a polymerizable group, and preferably both are groups containing a polymerizable group.
A 1、A 2、R 111、R 113及R 114的含義分別獨立地與式(2)中的A 1、A 2、R 111、R 113及R 114相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 R 112的含義與式(5)中的R 112相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 have the same meanings as A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2), respectively, and their preferred ranges are also the same. R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in formula (5), and its preferred range is also the same.
聚醯亞胺前驅物可以包含1種由式(2)表示之重複單元,亦可以包含2種以上。又,可以包含由式(2)表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,除上述式(2)的重複單元以外,聚醯亞胺前驅物顯然亦可以包含其他種類的重複單元。The polyimide precursor may contain one type of repeating unit represented by formula (2), or may contain two or more types. Furthermore, it may contain structural isomers of the repeating unit represented by formula (2). Furthermore, in addition to the repeating unit represented by formula (2), the polyimide precursor may also contain other types of repeating units.
作為本發明中的聚醯亞胺前驅物的一實施形態,可舉出由式(2)表示之重複單元的含量係總重複單元的50莫耳%以上之態樣。上述合計含量係70莫耳%以上為更佳,90莫耳%以上為進一步較佳,大於90莫耳%為特佳。上述合計含量的上限並沒有特別限定,除了末端以外的聚醯亞胺前驅物中的所有重複單元可以為由式(2)表示之重複單元。As one embodiment of the polyimide precursor of the present invention, the content of the repeating units represented by formula (2) is 50 mol% or more of the total repeating units. More preferably, the total content is 70 mol% or more, even more preferably 90 mol% or more, and particularly preferably greater than 90 mol%. The upper limit of the total content is not particularly limited, and all repeating units in the polyimide precursor, excluding the terminal repeating units, may be repeating units represented by formula (2).
聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為10,000~50,000,進一步較佳為15,000~40,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為2,000~40,000,更佳為3,000~30,000,進一步較佳為4,000~20,000。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度係1.5以上為較佳,1.8以上為更佳,2.0以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並沒有特別限定,例如,7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳。 本說明書中,分子量的分散度係藉由重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量算出之值。 又,第1樹脂組成物包含複數種聚醯亞胺前驅物作為樹脂A時,至少1種聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度在上述範圍為較佳。又,將上述複數種聚醯亞胺前驅物作為1種樹脂算出之重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度分別在上述範圍內亦較佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 15,000 to 40,000. Furthermore, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and even more preferably 4,000 to 20,000. The molecular weight dispersity of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5 or greater, more preferably 1.8 or greater, and even more preferably 2.0 or greater. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited; for example, 7.0 or less is preferred, 6.5 or less is more preferred, and 6.0 or less is even more preferred. In this specification, molecular weight dispersion is calculated as weight-average molecular weight/number-average molecular weight. When the first resin composition comprises multiple polyimide precursors as resin A, it is preferred that the weight-average molecular weight, number-average molecular weight, and dispersion of at least one polyimide precursor fall within the aforementioned ranges. Furthermore, it is also preferred that the weight-average molecular weight, number-average molecular weight, and dispersion of the multiple polyimide precursors, calculated as a single resin, fall within the aforementioned ranges.
〔包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物〕 作為包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物,上述聚醯亞胺前驅物中的由式(2)表示之重複單元的一部分閉環而形成醯亞胺結構之樹脂亦較佳。 包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物中的醯亞胺化率(亦稱為“閉環率”)係25%以下為較佳,10%以下為更佳,5%以下為更佳。 上述醯亞胺化率的下限並沒有特別限定,大於0%即可。 例如可藉由下述方法測定上述醯亞胺化率。 測定聚醯亞胺前驅物的紅外吸收光譜,求出來自於醯亞胺結構的吸收峰1377cm -1附近的峰強度P1。接著,將該聚醯亞胺在350℃下熱處理1小時之後,再次測定紅外吸收光譜,求出1377cm -1附近的峰強度P2。能夠利用所獲得之峰強度P1、P2,根據下述式求出聚醯亞胺前驅物的醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(峰強度P1/峰強度P2)×100 [Polyimide Precursor Containing a Polyimide Structure] As the polyimide precursor containing a polyimide structure, a resin in which a portion of the repeating units represented by formula (2) in the polyimide precursor are ring-closed to form an imide structure is also preferred. The imidization rate (also referred to as "ring closure rate") in the polyimide precursor containing a polyimide structure is preferably 25% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and even more preferably 5% or less. The lower limit of the imidization rate is not particularly limited and may be greater than 0%. For example, the imidization rate can be measured by the following method. The infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide precursor was measured to determine the peak intensity P1, an absorption peak at around 1377 cm -1 attributed to the imide structure. The polyimide was then heat-treated at 350°C for 1 hour, and the infrared absorption spectrum was again measured to determine the peak intensity P2 at around 1377 cm -1 . The obtained peak intensities P1 and P2 can be used to determine the imidization rate of the polyimide precursor according to the following formula: Imidization rate (%) = (peak intensity P1 / peak intensity P2) × 100
〔聚苯并噁唑前驅物〕 關於本發明中使用之聚苯并噁唑前驅物,對其結構並沒有特別限定,較佳為包含由下述式(3)表示之重複單元。 【化學式9】 在式(3)中,R 121表示2價有機基團,R 122表示4價有機基團,R 123及R 124分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團。 [Polybenzoxazole Precursor] The polybenzoxazole precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited in structure, but preferably comprises repeating units represented by the following formula (3). [Chemical Formula 9] In formula (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group, R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
在式(3)中,R 123及R 124的含義分別與式(2)中的R 113相同,較佳範圍亦相同。亦即,至少1個為聚合性基為較佳。 在式(3)中,R 121表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,包含脂肪族基及芳香族基中的至少1個之基團為較佳。作為脂肪族基,直鏈脂肪族基為較佳。R 121係二羧酸殘基為較佳。二羧酸殘基可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 In formula (3), R 123 and R 124 have the same meanings as R 113 in formula (2), and their preferred ranges are also the same. That is, at least one is preferably a polymerizable group. In formula (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group. As a divalent organic group, a group containing at least one of an aliphatic group and an aromatic group is preferred. As an aliphatic group, a linear aliphatic group is preferred. R 121 is preferably a dicarboxylic acid residue. Only one dicarboxylic acid residue may be used, or two or more may be used.
作為二羧酸殘基,包含脂肪族基之二羧酸及包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為較佳,包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為更佳。 作為包含脂肪族基之二羧酸,包含直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基之二羧酸為較佳,由直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基和2個-COOH構成之二羧酸為更佳。直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基的碳數係2~30為較佳,2~25為更佳,3~20為進一步較佳,4~15為更進一步較佳,5~10為特佳。直鏈的脂肪族基係伸烷基為較佳。 作為包含直鏈的脂肪族基之二羧酸,可舉出丙二酸、二甲基丙二酸、乙基丙二酸、異丙基丙二酸、二-正丁基丙二酸、琥珀酸、四氟琥珀酸、甲基琥珀酸、2,2-二甲基琥珀酸、2,3-二甲基琥珀酸、二甲基甲基琥珀酸、戊二酸、六氟戊二酸、2-甲基戊二酸、3-甲基戊二酸、2,2-二甲基戊二酸、3,3-二甲基戊二酸、3-乙基-3-甲基戊二酸、己二酸、八氟己二酸、3-甲基己二酸、庚二酸、2,2,6,6-四甲基庚二酸、辛二酸、十二氟辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十六氟癸二酸、1,9-壬二酸、十二烷二酸、十三烷二酸、十四烷二酸、十五烷二酸、十六烷二酸、十七烷二酸、十八烷二酸、十九烷二酸、二十烷二酸、二十一烷二酸、二十二烷二酸、二十三烷二酸、二十四烷二酸、二十五烷二酸、二十六烷二酸、二十七烷二酸、二十八烷二酸、二十九烷二酸、三十烷二酸、三十一烷二酸、三十二烷二酸、二甘醇酸(diglycolic acid)、進而由下述式表示之二羧酸等。 Preferred dicarboxylic acid residues include those containing an aliphatic group and those containing an aromatic group, with those containing an aromatic group being more preferred. Preferred dicarboxylic acids containing an aliphatic group include those containing a linear or branched (preferably linear) aliphatic group, and those composed of a linear or branched (preferably linear) aliphatic group and two -COOH groups are more preferred. The linear or branched (preferably linear) aliphatic group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 25, even more preferably 3 to 20, even more preferably 4 to 15, and particularly preferably 5 to 10. The linear aliphatic group is preferably an alkylene group. Examples of dicarboxylic acids containing a linear aliphatic group include malonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, isopropylmalonic acid, di-n-butylmalonic acid, succinic acid, tetrafluorosuccinic acid, methylsuccinic acid, 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid, 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid, dimethylmethylsuccinic acid, glutaric acid, hexafluoroglutaric acid, 2-methylglutaric acid, 3-methylglutaric acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3-dimethylglutaric acid, 3-ethyl-3-methylglutaric acid, adipic acid, octafluoroadipic acid, 3-methyladipic acid, pimelic acid, 2,2,6,6-tetrafluorohexanedioic ... Methyl pimelic acid, suberic acid, dodecanedioic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, hexafluorosebacic acid, 1,9-azelaic acid, dodecanedioic acid, tridecanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, pentadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, heptadecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, nonadecanedioic acid, eicosanedioic acid, eicosanedioic acid Monoacanedioic acid, behenedioic acid, tricosanedioic acid, tetracosanedioic acid, pentacosanedioic acid, hexacosanedioic acid, heptacosanedioic acid, octacanedioic acid, nonacosanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, diglycolic acid acid), and further dicarboxylic acid represented by the following formula, etc.
【化學式10】 (式中,Z係碳數1~6的烴基,n係1~6的整數。) 【Chemical formula 10】 (Wherein, Z is a alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and n is an integer from 1 to 6.)
作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸,具有以下芳香族基之二羧酸為較佳,僅由具有以下芳香族基之基團和2個-COOH構成之二羧酸為更佳。As the dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic group, a dicarboxylic acid having the following aromatic group is preferred, and a dicarboxylic acid consisting only of a group having the following aromatic group and two -COOH groups is more preferred.
【化學式11】 式中,A表示選自包括-CH 2-、-O-、-S-、-SO 2-、-CO-、-NHCO-、-C(CF 3) 2-及-C(CH 3) 2-之群組中之2價基團,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 【Chemical formula 11】 In the formula, A represents a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -NHCO-, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, and -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, and * independently represents a bonding site with other structures.
作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸的具體例,可舉出4,4’-羰基二苯甲酸及4,4’-二羧基二苯醚、對苯二甲酸。Specific examples of dicarboxylic acids containing an aromatic group include 4,4'-carbonyldibenzoic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxydiphenyl ether, and terephthalic acid.
在式(3)中,R 122表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,含義與上述式(2)中的R 115相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 又,R 122係來自於雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團為較佳,作為來自於雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團,例如,可舉出3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基聯苯基、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基聯苯基、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯基碸、雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)丙烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯甲酮、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯醚、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基-2,5-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-2,4-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-4,6-二羥基苯等。該等雙胺基苯酚可以單獨使用或混合使用。 In formula (3), R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group. As a tetravalent organic group, it has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (2) above, and the preferred range is also the same. 122 is preferably a group derived from a bisaminophenol derivative. Examples of the group derived from a bisaminophenol derivative include 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfonium, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfonium, bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2- Bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 1,4-diamino-2,5-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-2,4-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-4,6-dihydroxybenzene, etc. These bisaminophenols can be used alone or in combination.
在雙胺基苯酚衍生物中,具有下述芳香族基之雙胺基苯酚衍生物為較佳。Among the diaminophenol derivatives, those having the following aromatic groups are preferred.
【化學式12】 式中,X 1表示-O-、-S-、-C(CF 3) 2-、-CH 2-、-SO 2-、-NHCO-,*及#分別表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。R表示氫原子或1價取代基,氫原子或烴基為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。又,R 122係由上述式表示之結構亦較佳。R 122係由上述式表示之結構時,共計4個*及#中,任意2個為與式(3)中的R 122所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位且另2個為與式(3)中的R 122所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位為較佳,2個*為與式(3)中的R 122所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R 122所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位或2個*為與式(3)中的R 122所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R 122所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位為更佳,2個*為與式(3)中的R 122所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R 122所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位為進一步較佳。 【Chemical formula 12】 In the formula, X1 represents -O-, -S-, -C( CF3 ) 2- , -CH2- , -SO2- , or -NHCO-; * and # each represent a bonding site to another structure. R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Furthermore, R122 is preferably a structure represented by the above formula. When R 122 is a structure represented by the above formula, any two of the four * and # are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded and the other two are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is more preferred that two * are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded and two # are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded, or that two * are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded and two # are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is more preferred that two * are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded and two # are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is further preferred that the two #s are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 is bonded and the two #s are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded.
雙胺基苯酚衍生物係由式(A-s)表示之化合物亦較佳。 【化學式13】 The diaminophenol derivative is preferably a compound represented by formula (As). [Chemical Formula 13]
在式(A-s)中,R 1係選自氫原子、伸烷基、取代伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-SO 2-、-CO-、-NHCO-、單鍵或下述式(A-sc)的群組中之有機基團。R 2係氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任一個,可以相同,亦可以不同。R 3係氫原子、直鏈或支鏈的烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任一個,可以相同,亦可以不同。 In formula (As), R1 is an organic group selected from a hydrogen atom, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, -O-, -S-, -SO2- , -CO-, -NHCO-, a single bond, or the group represented by the following formula (A-sc). R2 is any one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and they may be the same or different. R3 is any one of a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and they may be the same or different.
【化學式14】 (在式(A-sc)中,*表示鍵結於由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的胺基苯酚基的芳香環。) 【Chemical formula 14】 (In formula (A-sc), * represents an aromatic ring bonded to the aminophenol group of the bisaminophenol derivative represented by formula (As) above.)
認為在上述式(A-s)中,在酚性羥基的鄰位亦即在R 3亦具有取代基會使醯胺鍵的羰基碳與羥基的距離更接近,並且從低溫下硬化時環化率變高之效果進一步提高方面考慮為特佳。 In the above formula (As), it is particularly preferred to have a substituent at the adjacent position of the phenolic hydroxyl group, i.e., at R3 , because this brings the carbonyl carbon of the amide bond and the hydroxyl group closer together and further enhances the cyclization rate during curing at low temperatures.
又,在上述式(A-s)中,R 2係烷基且R 3係烷基的情況下能夠維持對i射線的高透明性和在低溫下硬化時環化率高的效果,因此較佳。 In the above formula (As), it is preferable that R 2 is an alkyl group and R 3 is an alkyl group because high transparency to i-rays and a high cyclization rate during curing at a low temperature can be maintained.
又,在上述式(A-s)中,R 1係伸烷基或取代伸烷基為進一步較佳。作為相關於R 1之伸烷基及取代伸烷基的具體例,可舉出碳數1~8的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基,其中,從維持對i射線的高透明性和在低溫下硬化時環化率高之效果的同時在溶劑中具有充分的溶解性且能夠獲得平衡優異之聚苯并噁唑前驅物的方面考慮,-CH 2-、-CH(CH 3)-、-C(CH 3) 2-為更佳。 Furthermore, in the above formula (As), R1 is more preferably an alkylene group or a substituted alkylene group. Specific examples of alkylene groups and substituted alkylene groups for R1 include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Among these, -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, and -C( CH3 ) 2- are particularly preferred from the perspectives of maintaining high transparency to i-rays and a high cyclization rate during low-temperature curing while maintaining sufficient solubility in solvents and providing a well-balanced polybenzoxazole precursor.
作為由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的製造方法,例如,能夠參考日本特開2013-256506號公報的0085~0094段及實施例1(0189~0190段),該等內容編入本說明書中。For a method for producing the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A-s), reference can be made to, for example, paragraphs 0085 to 0094 and Example 1 (paragraphs 0189 to 0190) of JP-A-2013-256506, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
作為由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的結構的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-256506號公報的0070~0080段中記載的內容,該等內容編入本說明書中。當然並不限於該等。Specific examples of the structure of the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A-s) include those described in paragraphs 0070 to 0080 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-256506, which are incorporated herein by reference. However, the present invention is not limited thereto.
除上述式(3)的重複單元以外,聚苯并噁唑前驅物亦可以包含其他種類的重複單元。 從能夠抑制伴隨閉環產生之翹曲方面考慮,聚苯并噁唑前驅物包含由下述式(SL)表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複單元為較佳。 In addition to the repeating units of formula (3), the polybenzoxazole precursor may also contain other types of repeating units. From the perspective of suppressing the warp associated with ring closure, the polybenzoxazole precursor preferably contains a diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as the other type of repeating unit.
【化學式15】 在式(SL)中,Z具有a結構和b結構,R 1s係氫原子或碳數1~10的烴基,R 2s係碳數1~10的烴基,R 3s、R 4s、R 5s、R 6s中的至少1個為芳香族基,剩餘部分為氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基團且分別可以相同,亦可以不同。a結構及b結構的聚合可以為嵌段聚合或隨機聚合。關於Z部分的莫耳%,a結構係5~95莫耳%,b結構係95~5莫耳%,a+b係100莫耳%。 【Chemical formula 15】 In formula (SL), Z has structures a and b. R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 2s is a alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one of R 3s , R 4s , R 5s , and R 6s is an aromatic group, and the remaining groups are hydrogen atoms or organic groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and may be the same or different. The polymerization of structures a and b can be block or random. The molar percentage of Z is 5 to 95 molar percent for structures a, 95 to 5 molar percent for structures b, and 100 molar percent for a + b.
在式(SL)中,作為較佳之Z,可舉出b結構中的R 5s及R 6s為苯基者。又,由式(SL)表示之結構的分子量係400~4,000為較佳,500~3,000為更佳。藉由將上述分子量設為上述範圍,能夠更有效地降低聚苯并噁唑前驅物的脫水閉環後的彈性模數,並能夠兼顧能夠抑制翹曲之效果和提高溶劑溶解性之效果。 In formula (SL), preferred examples of Z include those in structure b where R 5s and R 6s are phenyl groups. Furthermore, the molecular weight of the structure represented by formula (SL) is preferably 400-4,000, and more preferably 500-3,000. By setting the molecular weight within this range, the elastic modulus of the polybenzoxazole prodiol after dehydration and ring closure can be more effectively reduced, while achieving both the effect of suppressing warp and the effect of improving solvent solubility.
包含由式(SL)表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複單元時,進一步包含從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基作為重複單元亦較佳。作為此類四羧酸殘基的例子,可舉出式(2)中的R 115的例子。 When the diamine residue represented by formula (SL) is included as another type of repeating unit, it is also preferred to further include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride as a repeating unit. Examples of such tetracarboxylic acid residues include R 115 in formula (2).
聚苯并噁唑前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)例如較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~29,000,進一步較佳為22,000~28,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚苯并噁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度係1.4以上為較佳,1.5以上為更佳,1.6以上為進一步較佳。聚苯并噁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並沒有特別限定,例如,2.6以下為較佳,2.5以下為更佳,2.4以下為進一步較佳,2.3以下為更進一步較佳,2.2以下為再進一步較佳。 又,第1樹脂組成物包含複數種聚苯并噁唑前驅物作為樹脂A時,至少1種聚苯并噁唑前驅物的重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度在上述範圍為較佳。又,將上述複數種聚苯并噁唑前驅物作為1種樹脂算出之重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度分別在上述範圍內亦較佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 29,000, and even more preferably 22,000 to 28,000. Furthermore, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and even more preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersity of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.4 or greater, more preferably 1.5 or greater, and even more preferably 1.6 or greater. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polybenzoxazole precursor is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferably 2.6 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, even more preferably 2.4 or less, even more preferably 2.3 or less, and even more preferably 2.2 or less. When the first resin composition comprises a plurality of polybenzoxazole precursors as resin A, it is preferred that at least one of the polybenzoxazole precursors have a weight-average molecular weight, number-average molecular weight, and dispersion within the above-mentioned ranges. Furthermore, it is also preferred that the weight-average molecular weight, number-average molecular weight, and dispersion calculated for the plurality of polybenzoxazole precursors as a single resin are all within the above-mentioned ranges.
〔包含聚苯并噁唑結構之聚苯并噁唑前驅物〕 包含聚苯并噁唑結構之聚苯并噁唑前驅物的噁唑化率(亦稱為“閉環率”)係25%以下為較佳,10%以下為更佳。下限並沒有特別限定,可以大於0%。 例如,上述噁唑化率可藉由下述方法測定。 測定聚苯并噁唑前驅物的紅外吸收光譜,求出來自於前驅物的醯胺結構的吸收峰1650cm -1附近的峰強度Q1。接著,以在1490cm -1附近觀察到的芳香環的吸收強度進行規格化。將該聚苯并噁唑前驅物在350℃下熱處理1小時之後,再次測定紅外吸收光譜,求出1650cm -1附近的峰強度Q2,以在1490cm -1附近觀察到的芳香環的吸收強度進行規格化。能夠使用所獲得之峰強度Q1、Q2的規格值,根據下述式求出聚苯并噁唑前驅物的噁唑化率。 噁唑化率(%)=(峰強度Q1的規格值/峰強度Q2的規格值)×100 [Polybenzoxazole Precursor Containing a Polybenzoxazole Structure] The oxazolidation rate (also known as the "ring closure rate") of the polybenzoxazole precursor containing a polybenzoxazole structure is preferably 25% or less, and more preferably 10% or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited and may be greater than 0%. For example, the oxazolidation rate can be measured by the following method. The infrared absorption spectrum of the polybenzoxazole precursor is measured, and the peak intensity Q1 of the absorption peak at around 1650 cm⁻¹ originating from the amide structure of the precursor is determined. Next, the absorption intensity of the aromatic ring observed at around 1490 cm⁻¹ is normalized. After heat treating the polybenzoxazole precursor at 350°C for 1 hour, the infrared absorption spectrum was measured again. The peak intensity Q2 near 1650 cm -1 was determined and normalized to the absorption intensity of the aromatic ring observed near 1490 cm -1 . The obtained peak intensities Q1 and Q2 can be used to calculate the oxazolidation rate of the polybenzoxazole precursor according to the following formula: Oxazolidation rate (%) = (Peak intensity Q1 standard value / Peak intensity Q2 standard value) × 100
〔聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物〕 聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物包含由下述式(PAI-2)表示之重複單元為較佳。 【化學式16】 在式(PAI-2)中,R 117表示3價有機基團,R 111表示2價有機基團,A2表示氧原子或-NH-,R 113表示氫原子或1價有機基團。 [Polyamide-imide precursor] The polyamide-imide precursor preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (PAI-2). [Chemical Formula 16] In formula (PAI-2), R 117 represents a trivalent organic group, R 111 represents a divalent organic group, A 2 represents an oxygen atom or -NH-, and R 113 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
式(PAI-2)中,R 117可例示直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族基、環狀脂肪族基及芳香族基、雜芳香族基或者藉由單鍵或連結基將該等連結2個以上而成之基團,碳數2~20的直鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或連結基將該等組合2個以上而成之基團為較佳,碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或連結基將碳數6~20的芳香族基組合2個以上而成之基團為更佳。 作為上述連結基,-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-S(=O) 2-、伸烷基、鹵化伸烷基、伸芳基或將該等鍵結2個以上而成之連結基為較佳,-O-、-S-、伸烷基、鹵化伸烷基、伸芳基或將該等鍵結2個以上而成之連結基為更佳。 作為上述伸烷基,碳數1~20的伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的伸烷基為更佳,碳數1~4的伸烷基為進一步較佳。 作為上述鹵化伸烷基,碳數1~20的鹵化伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的鹵化伸烷基為更佳,碳數1~4的鹵化伸烷基為更佳。又,作為上述鹵化伸烷基中的鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,氟原子為較佳。上述鹵化伸烷基可以具有氫原子,亦可以所有氫原子被鹵素原子取代,但所有氫原子被鹵素原子取代為較佳。作為較佳之鹵化伸烷基的例子,可舉出(二三氟甲基)亞甲基等。 作為上述伸芳基,伸苯基或伸萘基為較佳,伸苯基為更佳,1,3-伸苯基或1,4-伸苯基為進一步較佳。 In formula (PAI-2), R 117 can be exemplified by a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heteroaromatic group, or a group formed by combining two or more of these groups via a single bond or a linking group. Preferred are linear aliphatic groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, branched aliphatic groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group formed by combining two or more of these groups via a single bond or a linking group. More preferred are aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group formed by combining two or more aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms via a single bond or a linking group. The linking group is preferably -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -S(=O) 2- , an alkylene group, a halogenated alkylene group, an arylene group, or a linking group formed by bonding two or more of these groups. -O-, -S-, an alkylene group, a halogenated alkylene group, an arylene group, or a linking group formed by bonding two or more of these groups is more preferred. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The halogenated alkylene group is preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of the halogenated alkylene group include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, with fluorine being preferred. The halogenated alkylene group may have hydrogen atoms, or all hydrogen atoms may be substituted with halogen atoms. However, halogenation is preferred. Preferred examples of halogenated alkylene groups include (bistrifluoromethyl)methylene. Preferred arylene groups include phenylene or naphthylene, more preferred phenylene, and even more preferred 1,3-phenylene or 1,4-phenylene.
又,R 117衍生自至少1個羧基可以被鹵化的三羧酸化合物為較佳。作為上述鹵化,氯化為較佳。 在本發明中,將具有3個羧基之化合物稱為三羧酸化合物。 上述三羧酸化合物的3個羧基中2個羧基可以被酸酐化。 作為用於製造聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物之可以被鹵化之三羧酸化合物,可舉出支鏈狀脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族三羧酸化合物等。 該等三羧酸化合物可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 Furthermore, R 117 is preferably derived from a tricarboxylic acid compound in which at least one carboxyl group can be halogenated. Chlorination is preferred as the halogenation method. In the present invention, a compound having three carboxyl groups is referred to as a tricarboxylic acid compound. Two of the three carboxyl groups in the tricarboxylic acid compound can be anhydrided. Examples of the halogenated tricarboxylic acid compound used in the production of polyamide imide precursors include branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic, or aromatic tricarboxylic acid compounds. These tricarboxylic acid compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
具體而言,作為三羧酸化合物,包含碳數2~20的直鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或連結基將該等組合2個以上而成之基團之三羧酸化合物為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或連結基將碳數6~20的芳香族基組合2個以上而成之基團之三羧酸化合物為更佳。Specifically, the tricarboxylic acid compound is preferably a tricarboxylic acid compound containing a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group formed by combining two or more of these groups via a single bond or a linking group. More preferably, the tricarboxylic acid compound contains an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group formed by combining two or more aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms via a single bond or a linking group.
又,作為三羧酸化合物的具體例,可舉出1,2,3-丙烷三羧酸、1,3,5-戊烷三羧酸、檸檬酸、偏苯三甲酸、2,3,6-萘三羧酸、將鄰苯二甲酸(或鄰苯二甲酸)與苯甲酸藉由單鍵、-O-、-CH 2-、-C(CH 3) 2-、-C(CF 3) 2-、-SO 2-或伸苯基連結而成之化合物等。 該等化合物可以為2個羧基酐化之化合物(例如,偏苯三甲酸酐),亦可以為至少1個羧基鹵化之化合物(例如,氯化偏苯三甲酸酐)。 Specific examples of tricarboxylic acid compounds include 1,2,3-propanetricarboxylic acid, 1,3,5-pentanetricarboxylic acid, citric acid, trimellitic acid, 2,3,6-naphthalenetricarboxylic acid, and compounds formed by linking phthalic acid (or phthalic acid) and benzoic acid via a single bond, -O-, -CH2- , -C( CH3 ) 2- , -C( CF3 ) 2- , -SO2- , or a phenylene group. These compounds may be compounds in which two carboxyl groups are anhydrided (e.g., trimellitic anhydride) or compounds in which at least one carboxyl group is halogenated (e.g., trimellitic anhydride chloride).
式(PAI-2)中,R 111、A 2、R 113的含義分別與上述式(2)中的R 111、A 2、R 113相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 In formula (PAI-2), R 111 , A 2 , and R 113 have the same meanings as R 111 , A 2 , and R 113 in formula (2), respectively, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物可以進一步包含其他重複單元。 作為其他重複單元,可舉出由上述式(2)表示之重複單元、由下述式(PAI-1)表示之重複單元等。 【化學式17】 The polyamide imide precursor may further contain other repeating units. Examples of other repeating units include the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2) and the repeating unit represented by the following formula (PAI-1). [Chemical Formula 17]
在式(PAI-1)中,R 116表示2價有機基團,R 111表示2價有機基團。 式(PAI-1)中,R 116可例示直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族基、環狀脂肪族基及芳香族基、雜芳香族基或者藉由單鍵或連結基將該等連結2個以上而成之基團,碳數2~20的直鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或連結基將該等組合2個以上而成之基團為較佳,碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或連結基將碳數6~20的芳香族基組合2個以上而成之基團為更佳。 作為上述連結基,-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-S(=O) 2-、伸烷基、鹵化伸烷基、伸芳基或將該等鍵結2個以上而成之連結基為較佳,-O-、-S-、伸烷基、鹵化伸烷基、伸芳基或將該等鍵結2個以上而成之連結基為更佳。 作為上述伸烷基,碳數1~20的伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的伸烷基為更佳,碳數1~4的伸烷基為進一步較佳。 作為上述鹵化伸烷基,碳數1~20的鹵化伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的鹵化伸烷基為更佳,碳數1~4的鹵化伸烷基為更佳。又,作為上述鹵化伸烷基中的鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,氟原子為較佳。上述鹵化伸烷基可以具有氫原子,亦可以所有氫原子被鹵素原子取代,但所有氫原子被鹵素原子取代為較佳。作為較佳之鹵化伸烷基的例子,可舉出(二三氟甲基)亞甲基等。 作為上述伸芳基,伸苯基或伸萘基為較佳,伸苯基為更佳,1,3-伸苯基或1,4-伸苯基為進一步較佳。 In formula (PAI-1), R 116 represents a divalent organic group, and R 111 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of R 116 in formula (PAI-1) include linear or branched aliphatic groups, cyclic aliphatic groups, aromatic groups, heteroaromatic groups, and groups formed by combining two or more of these groups via a single bond or a linking group. Preferred are linear aliphatic groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, branched aliphatic groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and groups formed by combining two or more of these groups via a single bond or a linking group. More preferred are aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and groups formed by combining two or more aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms via a single bond or a linking group. The linking group is preferably -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -S(=O) 2- , an alkylene group, a halogenated alkylene group, an arylene group, or a linking group formed by bonding two or more of these groups. -O-, -S-, an alkylene group, a halogenated alkylene group, an arylene group, or a linking group formed by bonding two or more of these groups is more preferred. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The halogenated alkylene group is preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of the halogenated alkylene group include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, with fluorine being preferred. The halogenated alkylene group may have hydrogen atoms, or all hydrogen atoms may be substituted with halogen atoms. However, halogenation is preferred. Preferred examples of halogenated alkylene groups include (bistrifluoromethyl)methylene. Preferred arylene groups include phenylene or naphthylene, more preferred phenylene, and even more preferred 1,3-phenylene or 1,4-phenylene.
又,R 116衍生自二羧酸化合物或二羧酸二鹵化物化合物為較佳。 在本發明中,將具有2個羧基之化合物稱為二羧酸化合物,將具有2個鹵化羧基之化合物稱為二羧酸二鹵化物化合物。 二羧酸二鹵化物化合物中的羧基可以被鹵化,例如,被氯化為較佳。亦即,二羧酸二鹵化物化合物係二羧酸二氯化物化合物為較佳。 作為用於製造聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物之可以被鹵化之二羧酸化合物或二羧酸二鹵化物化合物,可舉出直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族二羧酸化合物或二羧酸二鹵化物化合物等。 該等二羧酸化合物或二羧酸二鹵化物化合物可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 Furthermore, R 116 is preferably derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound or a dicarboxylic acid dihalide compound. In the present invention, a compound having two carboxyl groups is referred to as a dicarboxylic acid compound, and a compound having two halogenated carboxyl groups is referred to as a dicarboxylic acid dihalide compound. The carboxyl groups in the dicarboxylic acid dihalide compound may be halogenated, for example, preferably chlorinated. That is, the dicarboxylic acid dihalide compound is preferably a dicarboxylic acid dichloride compound. As the dicarboxylic acid compound or dicarboxylic acid dihalide compound that can be halogenated and used for the production of polyamide imide precursors, linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic dicarboxylic acid compounds or dicarboxylic acid dihalide compounds can be cited. Such dicarboxylic acid compounds or dicarboxylic acid dihalide compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
具體而言,作為二羧酸化合物或二羧酸二鹵化物化合物,包含碳數2~20的直鏈脂肪族基、碳數3~20的支鏈脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或者藉由單鍵或連結基將該等組合2個以上而成之基團之二羧酸化合物或二羧酸二鹵化物化合物為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基或者將2個以上的碳數6~20的芳香族基藉由單鍵或連結基組合而成之基團之二羧酸化合物或二羧酸二鹵化物化合物為更佳。Specifically, the dicarboxylic acid compound or dicarboxylic acid dihalide compound is preferably a dicarboxylic acid compound or dicarboxylic acid dihalide compound containing a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group formed by combining two or more of these groups via a single bond or a linking group. More preferably, the dicarboxylic acid compound or dicarboxylic acid dihalide compound contains an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group formed by combining two or more aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms via a single bond or a linking group.
又,作為二羧酸化合物的具體例,可舉出丙二酸、二甲基丙二酸、乙基丙二酸、異丙基丙二酸、二-正丁基丙二酸、琥珀酸、四氟琥珀酸、甲基琥珀酸、2,2-二甲基琥珀酸、2,3-二甲基琥珀酸、二甲基甲基琥珀酸、戊二酸、六氟戊二酸、2-甲基戊二酸、3-甲基戊二酸、2,2-二甲基戊二酸、3,3-二甲基戊二酸、3-乙基-3-甲基戊二酸、己二酸、八氟己二酸、3-甲基己二酸、庚二酸、2,2,6,6-四甲基庚二酸、辛二酸、十二氟辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十六氟癸二酸、1,9-壬二酸、十二烷二酸、十三烷二酸、十四烷二酸、十五烷二酸、十六烷二酸、十七烷二酸、十八烷二酸、十九烷二酸、二十烷二酸、二十一烷二酸、二十二烷二酸、二十三烷二酸、二十四烷二酸、二十五烷二酸、二十六烷二酸、二十七烷二酸、二十八烷二酸、二十九烷二酸、三十烷二酸、三十一烷二酸、三十二烷二酸、二甘醇酸、鄰苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、4,4’-聯苯羧酸、4,4’-二羧基二苯醚、二苯甲酮-4,4’-二羧酸等。 作為二羧酸二鹵化物化合物的具體例,可舉出上述二羧酸化合物的具體例中的將2個羧基鹵化之結構的化合物。 Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid compound include malonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, isopropylmalonic acid, di-n-butylmalonic acid, succinic acid, tetrafluorosuccinic acid, methylsuccinic acid, 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid, 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid, dimethylmethylsuccinic acid, glutaric acid, hexafluoroglutaric acid, 2-methylglutaric acid, 3-methylglutaric acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3-dimethylglutaric acid, 3-ethyl-3-methylglutaric acid, adipic acid, octafluoroadipic acid, 3-methyladipic acid, pimelic acid, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpimelic acid, suberic acid, dodecafluorosuberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, and octafluoroadipic acid. Acid, hexadecanedioic acid, 1,9-nonanediacid, dodecanedioic acid, tridecanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, pentadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, heptadecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, nonadecanedioic acid, eicosanedioic acid, heneicosanedioic acid, docosanedioic acid, tricosanedioic acid, tetracosanedioic acid, pentacosanedioic acid, hexacosanedioic acid, heptacosanedioic acid, octacosanedioic acid, nonacosanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, triundecanoic acid, dotriaconedioic acid, diglycolic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 4,4'-biphenylcarboxylic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxydiphenyl ether, benzophenone-4,4'-dicarboxylic acid, and the like. Specific examples of dicarboxylic acid dihalide compounds include compounds having a structure in which two carboxyl groups are halogenated among the specific examples of dicarboxylic acid compounds described above.
在式(PAI-1)中,R 111的含義與上述式(2)中的R 111相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 In formula (PAI-1), R 111 has the same meaning as R 111 in formula (2), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
又,聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物在結構中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物中的氟原子含量係10質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。The polyamide-imide precursor preferably has fluorine atoms in its structure. The fluorine atom content in the polyamide-imide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or less.
又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可舉出使用雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等之態樣。Furthermore, to improve adhesion to the substrate, the polyamide imide precursor can be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, examples of diamine components include bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane and bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane.
作為本發明中的聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的一實施形態,可舉出由式(PAI-2)表示之重複單元、由式(PAI-1)表示之重複單元及由式(2)表示之重複單元的合計含量係總重複單元的50莫耳%以上之態樣。上述合計含量係70莫耳%以上為更佳,90莫耳%以上為進一步較佳,大於90莫耳%為特佳。上述合計含量的上限並沒有特別限定,除了末端以外的聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物中的所有重複單元可以為由式(PAI-2)表示之重複單元、由式(PAI-1)表示之重複單元及由式(2)表示之重複單元中的任一種。 又,作為本發明中的聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的另一實施形態,可舉出由式(PAI-2)表示之重複單元及由式(PAI-1)表示之重複單元的合計含量係總重複單元的50莫耳%以上之態樣。上述合計含量係70莫耳%以上為更佳,90莫耳%以上為進一步較佳,大於90莫耳%為特佳。上述合計含量的上限並沒有特別限定,除了末端以外的聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物中的所有重複單元可以為由式(PAI-2)表示之重複單元或由式(PAI-1)表示之任意重複單元。 As an embodiment of the polyamide-imide precursor of the present invention, the total content of the repeating units represented by formula (PAI-2), the repeating units represented by formula (PAI-1), and the repeating units represented by formula (2) is 50 mol% or more of the total repeating units. The total content is more preferably 70 mol% or more, even more preferably 90 mol% or more, and particularly preferably greater than 90 mol%. The upper limit of the total content is not particularly limited, and all repeating units in the polyamide-imide precursor, excluding the terminal units, may be any of the repeating units represented by formula (PAI-2), the repeating units represented by formula (PAI-1), and the repeating units represented by formula (2). Another embodiment of the polyamide-imide precursor of the present invention includes an embodiment in which the combined content of the repeating units represented by formula (PAI-2) and the repeating units represented by formula (PAI-1) is 50 mol% or greater of the total repeating units. This combined content is more preferably 70 mol% or greater, even more preferably 90 mol% or greater, and particularly preferably greater than 90 mol%. There is no particular upper limit to this combined content; all repeating units in the polyamide-imide precursor, excluding the terminal repeating units, may be repeating units represented by formula (PAI-2) or any repeating units represented by formula (PAI-1).
聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2,000~500,000,更佳為5,000~100,000,進一步較佳為10,000~50,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為800~250,000,更佳為2,000~50,000,進一步較佳為4,000~25,000。 聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度係1.5以上為較佳,1.8以上為更佳,2.0以上為進一步較佳。聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並沒有特別限定,例如,7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳。又,第1樹脂組成物包含複數種聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物作為樹脂A時,至少1種聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度在上述範圍內為較佳。又,將上述複數種聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物作為1種樹脂算出之重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度分別在上述範圍內亦較佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyamide-imide precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. Furthermore, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 4,000 to 25,000. The molecular weight dispersity of the polyamide-imide precursor is preferably 1.5 or greater, more preferably 1.8 or greater, and even more preferably 2.0 or greater. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyamide-imide precursor is not particularly limited. For example, 7.0 or less is preferred, 6.5 or less is more preferred, and 6.0 or less is even more preferred. Furthermore, when the first resin composition comprises a plurality of polyamide-imide precursors as resin A, it is preferred that the weight-average molecular weight, number-average molecular weight, and dispersion of at least one polyamide-imide precursor are within the above-mentioned ranges. Furthermore, it is also preferred that the weight-average molecular weight, number-average molecular weight, and dispersion of the plurality of polyamide-imide precursors as a single resin are also within the above-mentioned ranges.
〔包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物〕 包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物係上述聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物中的由式(PAI-2)表示之重複單元的一部分閉環而形成醯亞胺結構之樹脂為較佳。 包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物中的醯亞胺化率(亦稱為“閉環率”)係25%以下為較佳,10%以下為更佳,5%以下為更佳。 上述醯亞胺化率的下限並沒有特別限定,大於0%即可。 例如可藉由下述方法測定上述醯亞胺化率。 測定聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的紅外吸收光譜,求出來自於醯亞胺結構之吸收峰1377cm -1附近的峰強度P1。接著,將該聚醯亞胺在350℃下熱處理1小時之後,再次測定紅外吸收光譜,求出1377cm -1附近的峰強度P2。能夠利用所獲得之峰強度P1、P2,根據下述式求出聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(峰強度P1/峰強度P2)×100 [Polyamidoimide Precursor Containing a Polyamidoimide Structure] The polyamidoimide precursor containing a polyamidoimide structure is preferably a resin in which a portion of the repeating units represented by formula (PAI-2) in the polyamidoimide precursor are ring-closed to form an imide structure. The imidization rate (also referred to as "ring closure rate") in the polyamidoimide precursor containing a polyamidoimide structure is preferably 25% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and even more preferably 5% or less. The lower limit of the imidization rate is not particularly limited; it may be greater than 0%. The imidization rate can be measured, for example, by the following method. The infrared absorption spectrum of the polyamide-imide precursor was measured to determine the peak intensity P1, an absorption peak at around 1377 cm - 1 attributed to the imide structure. The polyimide was then heat-treated at 350°C for 1 hour, and the infrared absorption spectrum was again measured to determine the peak intensity P2 at around 1377 cm -1 . The obtained peak intensities P1 and P2 can be used to determine the imidization rate of the polyamide-imide precursor according to the following formula: Imidization rate (%) = (peak intensity P1 / peak intensity P2) × 100
〔聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法〕 例如,聚醯亞胺前驅物等能夠利用如下方法獲得:在低溫中使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應的方法、在低溫中使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應來獲得聚醯胺酸並用縮合劑或烷基化劑酯化的方法、藉由四羧酸二酐與醇獲得二酯之後使其在二胺與縮合劑的存在下反應的方法、藉由四羧酸二酐與醇獲得二酯之後用鹵化劑酸鹵化所剩的二羧酸並使其與二胺反應的方法等。上述製造方法中,藉由四羧酸二酐與醇獲得二酯之後用鹵化劑酸鹵化所剩的二羧酸並使其與二胺反應的方法為更佳。 作為上述縮合劑,例如可舉出二環己碳二亞胺、二異丙基碳二亞胺、1-乙氧基羰基-2-乙氧基-1,2-二氫喹啉、1,1-羰基二氧基-二-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N,N’-二琥珀醯亞胺碳酸酯、三氟乙酸酐等。 作為上述烷基化劑,可舉出N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二甲基縮醛、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二乙基縮醛、N,N-二烷基甲醯胺二烷基縮醛、原甲酸三甲酯、原甲酸三乙酯等。 作為上述鹵化劑,可舉出亞硫醯氯、草醯氯、磷醯氯等。 在聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法中,進行反應時使用有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 作為有機溶劑,能夠根據原料適當決定,可例示吡啶、二乙二醇二甲醚(二甘二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、丙酸乙酯、二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基甲醯胺、四氫呋喃、γ-丁內酯等。 在聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法中,進行反應時添加鹽性化合物為較佳。鹽性化合物可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 鹽性化合物能夠根據原料適當決定,可例示三乙胺、二異丙基乙胺、吡啶、1,8-二吖雙環[5.4.0]十一-7-烯、N,N-二甲基-4-胺吡啶等。 [Methods for producing polyimide precursors, etc.] For example, polyimide precursors, etc. can be produced by the following methods: a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine at low temperature; a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine at low temperature to produce polyamide, followed by esterification with a condensing agent or an alkylating agent; a method of producing a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol, followed by reacting the diester in the presence of a diamine and a condensing agent; a method of producing a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol, followed by halogenation of the resulting dicarboxylic acid with a halogenating acid, and then reacting the resulting dicarboxylic acid with a diamine. Of these production methods, the method of producing a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol, followed by halogenation of the resulting dicarboxylic acid with a halogenating acid, and then reacting the resulting dicarboxylic acid with a diamine is more preferred. Examples of the condensing agent include dicyclohexanecarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, 1,1-carbonyldioxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, and trifluoroacetic anhydride. Examples of the alkylating agent include N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, N,N-dialkylformamide dialkyl acetal, trimethyl orthoformate, and triethyl orthoformate. Examples of the halogenating agent include sulfinyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, and phosphonyl chloride. In the production method of a polyimide precursor, etc., it is preferred to use an organic solvent during the reaction. The organic solvent may be one or two or more. The organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the raw materials, and examples include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DGE), N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, ethyl propionate, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, and γ-butyrolactone. In the production method of a polyimide precursor, etc., it is preferred to add a saline compound during the reaction. The saline compound may be one or two or more. The salt compound can be appropriately determined according to the raw material, and examples thereof include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, and N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine.
-封端劑- 在製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,為了進一步提高保存穩定性,封鎖殘留於聚醯亞胺前驅物等樹脂末端之羧酸酐、酸酐衍生物或胺基為較佳。封鎖殘留於樹脂末端之羧酸酐及酸酐衍生物時,作為封端劑,可舉出一元醇、苯酚、硫醇、苯硫酚、一元胺等,從反應性、膜的穩定性考慮,使用一元醇、酚類、一元胺為更佳。作為一元醇的較佳化合物,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、辛醇、十二醇、苯甲醇、2-苯基乙醇、2-甲氧基乙醇、2-氯甲醇、糠醇等一級醇、異丙醇、2-丁醇、環己醇、環戊醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等二級醇、三級丁醇、金剛烷醇等三級醇。作為酚類的較佳化合物,可舉出苯酚、甲氧基苯酚、甲基苯酚、萘-1-醇、萘-2-醇、羥基苯乙烯等酚類等。又,作為一元胺的較佳化合物,可舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。 又,封鎖樹脂末端的胺基時,能夠用具有能夠與胺基反應的官能基之化合物進行封鎖。對胺基較佳之封鎖劑係羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物、羧酸溴化物、磺酸氯化物、磺酸酐、磺酸羧酸酐等為較佳,羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物為更佳。作為羧酸酐的較佳化合物,可舉出乙酸酐、丙酸酐、草酸酐、琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、苯甲酸酐、5-降莰烯-2,3-二羧酸酐等。又,作為羧酸氯化物的較佳化合物,可舉出乙醯氯、丙烯醯氯、丙醯氯、甲基丙烯醯氯、新戊醯氯、環己烷甲醯氯、2-乙基己醯氯、桂皮醯氯、1-金剛烷甲醯氯、七氟丁醯氯、硬脂醯氯、苯甲醯氯等。 -Capping Agents- To further improve storage stability when manufacturing polyimide precursors, it is preferable to block the carboxylic anhydride, anhydride derivative, or amine group remaining at the end of the polyimide precursor resin. Examples of capping agents for blocking carboxylic anhydride and anhydride derivatives remaining at the end of the resin include monoalcohols, phenols, thiols, thiophenols, and monoamines. Considering reactivity and film stability, monoalcohols, phenols, and monoamines are preferred. Preferred monohydric alcohols include primary alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, octanol, dodecanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-phenylethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-chloromethanol, and furfuryl alcohol; secondary alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol, 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, cyclopentanol, and 1-methoxy-2-propanol; and tertiary alcohols such as tertiary butanol and adamantanol. Preferred phenols include phenol, methoxyphenol, methylphenol, naphthalene-1-ol, naphthalene-2-ol, hydroxystyrene, and the like. Furthermore, preferred monoamine compounds include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-Carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these may be used, and multiple different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting multiple end-capping agents. Furthermore, when blocking the amine groups at the resin terminals, compounds having functional groups reactive with the amine groups can be used. Preferred blocking agents for amine groups include carboxylic acid anhydrides, carboxylic acid chlorides, carboxylic acid bromides, sulfonic acid chlorides, sulfonic acid anhydrides, and sulfonic acid carboxylic acid anhydrides, with carboxylic acid anhydrides and carboxylic acid chlorides being more preferred. Preferred carboxylic acid anhydrides include acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, oxalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, benzoic anhydride, and 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride. Preferred carboxylic acid chloride compounds include acetyl chloride, acryloyl chloride, propionyl chloride, methacryloyl chloride, neopentanoyl chloride, cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride, 2-ethylhexanoyl chloride, cinnamyl chloride, 1-adamantanecarbonyl chloride, heptafluorobutyl chloride, stearyl chloride, and benzoyl chloride.
-固體析出- 製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,可以包括析出固體之步驟。具體而言,根據需要濾除反應液中共存之脫水縮合劑的吸水副產物之後,在水、脂肪族低級醇或其混合液等不良溶劑中投入所獲得之聚合物成分並析出聚合物成分,藉此使其作為固體析出並乾燥而能夠獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物等。為了提高純化度,可以對聚醯亞胺前驅物等反覆進行再溶解、再沉澱析出、乾燥等操作。亦可以進一步包括使用離子交換樹脂去除離子性雜質之步驟。 -Solid Precipitation- The production of polyimide precursors, etc., may include a solid precipitation step. Specifically, after filtering out any water-absorbing byproducts of the dehydration condensation agent present in the reaction solution, the resulting polymer component is added to a poor solvent such as water, aliphatic lower alcohol, or a mixture thereof to precipitate the polymer component. This solid is then dried to obtain the polyimide precursor, etc. To increase the degree of purity, the polyimide precursor, etc., may be repeatedly subjected to redissolution, reprecipitation, and drying. An ion exchange resin may also be used to remove ionic impurities.
〔含量〕 相對於第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,樹脂A在本發明的第1樹脂組成物中的含量係20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳。又,相對於第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,樹脂在本發明的第1樹脂組成物中的含量係99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為更進一步較佳,95質量%以下為再進一步較佳。 本發明的第1樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種樹脂A,亦可以包含2種以上。包含2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 [Content] The content of Resin A in the first resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or greater, more preferably 30% by mass or greater, even more preferably 40% by mass or greater, and even more preferably 50% by mass or greater, relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition. Furthermore, the content of Resin A in the first resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, even more preferably 98% by mass or less, even more preferably 97% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or less, relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition. The first resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of Resin A, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
又,本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含至少2種樹脂亦較佳。 具體而言,本發明的第1樹脂組成物可以包含合計2種以上的樹脂A及後述其他樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上樹脂A,但包含2種以上樹脂A為較佳。 本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含2種以上樹脂A時,例如,包含聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳,該聚醯亞胺前驅物係來自於二酐的結構(由上述式(2)表示之R 115)不同的2種以上的聚醯亞胺前驅物。 Furthermore, the first resin composition of the present invention preferably comprises at least two resins. Specifically, the first resin composition of the present invention may comprise a total of two or more resins A and other resins described below, or may comprise two or more resins A, but comprising two or more resins A is preferred. When the first resin composition of the present invention comprises two or more resins A, for example, it is preferred that it comprises a polyimide precursor, wherein the polyimide precursor is derived from two or more polyimide precursors having different dianhydride structures (R 115 represented by the above formula (2)).
<其他樹脂> 本發明的第1樹脂組成物可以包含上述樹脂A及與樹脂A不同的其他樹脂(以下,亦簡稱為“其他樹脂”)。 作為其他樹脂,可舉出酚醛樹脂、聚醯胺、環氧樹脂、聚矽氧烷、包含矽氧烷結構之樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯醯胺樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、丁醛樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚酯樹脂等。 例如,藉由進一步添加(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,可獲得塗佈性優異之第1樹脂組成物,又,可獲得耐溶劑性優異之複合圖案。 例如,藉由在第1樹脂組成物中添加(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂來代替後述聚合性化合物或者除了後述聚合性化合物以外亦添加(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,能夠提高第1樹脂組成物的塗佈性、複合圖案的耐溶劑性等,該(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂的重量平均分子量係20,000以下且聚合性基值高(例如,聚合性基在樹脂1g中的含有莫耳量係1×10 -3莫耳/g以上)。 <Other Resins> The first resin composition of the present invention may contain the aforementioned resin A and another resin different from resin A (hereinafter referred to as "other resin"). Examples of such other resins include phenolic resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, polysiloxanes, resins containing a siloxane structure, (meth)acrylate resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, urethane resins, butyraldehyde resins, styrene resins, polyether resins, and polyester resins. For example, by further adding a (meth)acrylate resin, a first resin composition with excellent coatability can be obtained, and a composite pattern with excellent solvent resistance can be obtained. For example, by adding a (meth)acrylic resin to the first resin composition instead of or in addition to the polymerizable compound described below, the coatability of the first resin composition and the solvent resistance of the composite pattern can be improved. The (meth)acrylic resin has a weight-average molecular weight of 20,000 or less and a high polymerizable group content (for example, a molar content of polymerizable groups of 1× 10-3 mol/g or more per gram of the resin).
本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含其他樹脂時,相對於第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其他樹脂的含量係0.01質量%以上為較佳,0.05質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳,2質量%以上為更進一步較佳,5質量%以上為再進一步較佳,10質量%以上為再進一步較佳。 又,相對於第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其他樹脂在本發明的第1樹脂組成物中的含量係80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為更進一步較佳,50質量%以下為再進一步較佳。 又,作為本發明的第1樹脂組成物的較佳態樣之一,亦能夠設為其他樹脂的含量低的態樣。在上述態樣中,相對於第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其他樹脂的含量係20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,5質量%以下為更進一步較佳,1質量%以下為再進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並沒有特別限定,0質量%以上即可。 本發明的第1樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種其他樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。包含2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the first resin composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01% by mass or greater, more preferably 0.05% by mass or greater, even more preferably 1% by mass or greater, even more preferably 2% by mass or greater, even more preferably 5% by mass or greater, and even more preferably 10% by mass or greater, relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition. Furthermore, the content of the other resins in the first resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, even more preferably 70% by mass or less, even more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less, relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition. Furthermore, as one preferred aspect of the first resin composition of the present invention, it can also be configured such that the content of other resins is low. In the above aspect, the content of other resins relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, even more preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 1% by mass or less. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited; it can be 0% by mass or more. The first resin composition of the present invention may contain only one other resin or two or more. When containing two or more other resins, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<聚合性化合物> 本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含聚合性化合物為較佳。 又,第1樹脂組成物包含2官能以上的聚合性化合物為較佳,包含3官能以上的聚合性化合物亦為較佳態樣之一。 作為聚合性化合物,可舉出自由基交聯劑或其他交聯劑。 <Polymerizable Compound> The first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. Furthermore, the first resin composition preferably contains a polymerizable compound having two or more functional groups, and containing a polymerizable compound having three or more functional groups is also a preferred embodiment. Examples of the polymerizable compound include free radical crosslinking agents and other crosslinking agents.
〔自由基交聯劑〕 本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含自由基交聯劑為較佳。 自由基交聯劑係具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基,包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。作為包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。 該等中,作為包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、乙烯基苯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。 [Free Radical Crosslinking Agent] The first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a free radical crosslinking agent. The free radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a free radical polymerizable group. Preferred free radical polymerizable groups are groups containing ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Examples of groups containing such ethylenically unsaturated bonds include vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl, (meth)acryl, cis-butylenediimide, and (meth)acrylamide. Among these, (meth)acryl, (meth)acrylamide, and vinylphenyl are preferred groups containing such ethylenically unsaturated bonds. From the perspective of reactivity, (meth)acryl is more preferred.
自由基交聯劑係具有1個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳。自由基交聯劑可以具有3個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵。 作為具有2個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具有2~15個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有2~10個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳,具有2~6個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為進一步較佳。 又,從所獲得之複合圖案的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物和具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物亦較佳。 The free radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and more preferably a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. The free radical crosslinking agent may have three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Compounds having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds are preferably compounds having 2 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds, more preferably compounds having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and even more preferably compounds having 2 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Furthermore, from the perspective of the film strength of the obtained composite pattern, it is also preferred that the first resin composition of the present invention contains a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and a compound having three or more of the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
自由基交聯劑的分子量係2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基交聯劑的分子量的下限係100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the free radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the free radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.
作為自由基交聯劑的具體例,可舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,亦可較佳地使用具有羥基、胺基、氫硫基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦為較佳。又,作為另一例,能夠使用被不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等取代之化合物群來替代上述不飽和羧酸。作為具體例,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,該等內容編入本說明書中。Specific examples of free radical crosslinking agents include unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, and maleic acid), or their esters and amides. Preferred are esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids with polyol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids with polyamine compounds. Furthermore, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amino groups, or thiohydrides with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxides, and dehydration condensation reaction products with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids, are also preferably used. Furthermore, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylates or amides having electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate or epoxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, or thiols, as well as substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylates or amides having dissociative substituents such as halogen or tosyloxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, or thiols, are also preferred. As another example, compounds substituted with unsaturated phosphonic acids, vinylbenzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ethers, and allyl ethers can be used in place of the unsaturated carboxylic acids. For specific examples, reference can be made to paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
又,自由基交聯劑係在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。作為其例,可舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物、日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特公昭50-006034號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號各公報中記載之(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類、日本特開昭48-064183號、日本特公昭49-043191號、日本特公昭52-030490號各公報中記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應生成物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯;以及該等的混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中記載之化合物亦較佳。又,亦能夠舉出使多官能羧酸與環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有環狀醚基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物進行反應而獲得之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Furthermore, the radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or higher at normal pressure. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane tri(acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri(acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerol or trihydroxymethylethane, etc., which are obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol and then (meth)acrylating. Esterified compounds; (meth)acrylic acid urethanes described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 48-041708, 50-006034, and 51-037193; polyester acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 48-064183, 49-043191, and 52-030490; polyfunctional acrylates or methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates that are reaction products of epoxy resins and (meth)acrylic acid; and mixtures thereof. Compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-292970 are also preferred. In addition, polyfunctional (meth)acrylates obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a compound having a cyclic ether group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond, such as epoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, can also be cited.
又,作為除了上述以外的較佳之自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中記載之具有茀環且具有2個以上的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團的化合物、卡多(cardo)樹脂。In addition to the above, preferred radical crosslinking agents include compounds having a fluorene ring and two or more groups having ethylenically unsaturated bonds, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-129825, Japanese Patent Application No. 4364216, and cardo resins.
進而,作為其他例子,亦能夠舉出日本特公昭46-043946號公報、日本特公平01-040337號公報、日本特公平01-040336號公報中記載之特定不飽和化合物、日本特開平02-025493號公報中記載之乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開昭61-022048號公報中記載之包含全氟烷基之化合物。進而,亦能夠使用“Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan”vol.20,No.7,300~308頁(1984年)中作為光硬化性單體及寡聚物所介紹者。Other examples include the specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 46-043946, 01-040337, and 01-040336, and the vinylphosphonic acid compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 02-025493. Furthermore, compounds containing perfluoroalkyl groups described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-022048 can also be used. Furthermore, those described as photocurable monomers and oligomers in "Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan," vol. 20, No. 7, pp. 300-308 (1984) can also be used.
除了上述以外,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2015-034964號公報的0048~0051段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0087~0131段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-034964 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be preferably used, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
又,在日本特開平10-062986號公報中作為式(1)及式(2)與其具體例一同記載之化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該化合物係在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成之化合物。In addition, compounds described as formula (1) and formula (2) together with their specific examples in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986 can also be used as free radical crosslinking agents. These compounds are obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol and then (meth)acrylating the resulting compound.
進而,日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中記載之化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該等內容編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-187211 can also be used as free radical crosslinking agents, and such contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為自由基交聯劑,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等的寡聚物類型。As the radical crosslinking agent, dipentatriol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and structures in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues are preferred. These oligomers can also be used.
作為自由基交聯劑的市售品,例如可舉出Sartomer Company,Inc製具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯SR-494、Sartomer Company, Inc製具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯SR-209、231、239、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製具有6個戊烯氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯DPCA-60、具有3個異伸丁氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯TPA-330、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製)、NK ESTER M-40G、NK ESTER 4G、NK ESTER M-9300、NK ESTER A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION.製)等。Examples of commercially available free radical crosslinking agents include SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate having four vinyloxy chains, manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc.; SR-209, 231, and 239, bifunctional methacrylates having four vinyloxy chains, manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc.; DPCA-60, a hexafunctional acrylate having six pentyloxy chains, TPA-330, a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyloxy chains, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; urethane oligomers UAS-10 and UAB-140 (manufactured by NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.); NK ESTER M-40G, NK ESTER 4G, NK ESTER M-9300, NK ESTER A-9300; and UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.). Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (NOF CORPORATION.), etc.
作為自由基交聯劑,日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。進而,作為自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中記載之在分子內具有胺基結構、硫醚結構之化合物。Preferred free radical crosslinking agents include urethane acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765; and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418. Furthermore, as the radical crosslinking agent, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-105238 can also be used.
自由基交聯劑可以為具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基交聯劑。具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為更佳。特佳為使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物係化合物新戊四醇或二新戊四醇。作為市售品,例如,可舉出TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物M-510、M-520等。The free radical crosslinking agent may be one having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group. Among free radical crosslinking agents having an acid group, esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids are preferred. More preferred are free radical crosslinking agents obtained by reacting unreacted hydroxyl groups of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds with non-aromatic carboxylic anhydrides to obtain acid groups. Particularly preferred are free radical crosslinking agents obtained by reacting unreacted hydroxyl groups of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds with non-aromatic carboxylic anhydrides to obtain acid groups, wherein the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is a compound such as neopentatyritol or dipentatyritol. Examples of commercially available products include polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers M-510 and M-520 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.
具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值係0.1~300mgKOH/g,特佳為1~100mgKOH/g。自由基交聯劑的酸值只要在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異,進而顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。上述酸值按照JIS K 0070:1992的記載進行測定。The preferred acid value of a radical crosslinking agent containing an acid group is 0.1 to 300 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. A free radical crosslinking agent with an acid value within this range provides excellent workability during production and, consequently, excellent developability. Furthermore, it exhibits good polymerizability. The acid value is measured in accordance with JIS K 0070:1992.
從圖案的解析度和膜的伸縮性的觀點考慮,第1樹脂組成物使用2官能的甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯為較佳。 作為具體化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG(聚乙二醇)200二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO(環氧乙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸改質二甲基丙烯酸酯、其他具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯。該等可以根據需要混合使用2種以上。 此外,例如PEG200二丙烯酸酯係指聚乙二醇鏈的式量為200左右的聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯。 從抑制伴隨複合圖案的彈性模數控制而產生之翹曲的觀點考慮,本發明的第1樹脂組成物能夠將單官能自由基交聯劑較佳地用作自由基交聯劑。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,可較佳地使用正丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、卡必醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、芐基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯丙基環氧丙醚。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。 此外,作為2官能以上的自由基交聯劑,可舉出鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等烯丙基化合物類。 From the perspective of pattern resolution and film stretchability, a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate is preferably used as the first resin component. Specific compounds include triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG (polyethylene glycol) 200 diacrylate, PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate. Dimethacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane diacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, bisphenol A EO (ethylene oxide) adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct dimethacrylate, bisphenol A PO adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A PO adduct dimethacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO-modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid-modified dimethacrylate, other bifunctional acrylates with urethane bonds, and bifunctional methacrylates with urethane bonds. Two or more of these may be used in combination as needed. For example, PEG200 diacrylate refers to polyethylene glycol diacrylate with a polyethylene glycol chain formula weight of approximately 200. From the viewpoint of suppressing warping associated with controlling the elastic modulus of the composite pattern, the first resin composition of the present invention can preferably use a monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent as the free radical crosslinking agent. Preferred monofunctional radical crosslinking agents include n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, and other (meth)acrylic acid derivatives; N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N-vinyl caprolactam, and other N-vinyl compounds; and allyl glycidyl ether. Monofunctional radical crosslinking agents with a boiling point of 100°C or higher at normal pressure are also preferred to suppress volatility before exposure. In addition, examples of bifunctional or higher-functional free radical crosslinking agents include allyl compounds such as diallyl phthalate and triallyl trimellitate.
含有自由基交聯劑時,相對於本發明的第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其含量大於0質量%且60質量%以下為較佳。下限係5質量%以上為更佳。上限係50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When a free radical crosslinking agent is present, its content is preferably greater than 0% by mass and less than 60% by mass relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or greater. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
自由基交聯劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以混合使用2種以上。同時使用2種以上時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The free radical crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used simultaneously, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔其他交聯劑〕 本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含與上述自由基交聯劑不同的其他交聯劑亦較佳。 在本發明中,其他交聯劑係指除上述自由基交聯劑以外的交聯劑,在分子內具有複數個藉由上述光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑的感光而促進(在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之)反應之基團之化合物為較佳,在分子內具有複數個藉由酸或鹼的作用促進(在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之)反應之基團之化合物為更佳。 上述酸或鹼係在曝光步驟中從光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑產生之酸或鹼為較佳。 作為其他交聯劑,具有選自包括醯氧基甲基、羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團之化合物為較佳,具有選自包括醯氧基甲基、羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團直接鍵結於氮原子之結構之化合物為更佳。 作為其他交聯劑,例如可舉出具有使三聚氰胺、乙炔脲、脲、伸烷基脲、苯并胍胺等含胺基化合物與甲醛進行反應或使甲醛與醇進行反應並用醯氧基甲基、羥甲基或烷氧基甲基取代上述胺基的氫原子之結構之化合物。該等化合物的製造方法並沒有特別限定,只要為具有與藉由上述方法製造的化合物相同結構之化合物即可。又,可以為該等化合物的羥甲基彼此自縮合而成之寡聚物。 作為上述含胺基化合物,將使用三聚氰胺之交聯劑稱為三聚氰胺系交聯劑,將使用乙炔脲、脲或伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為脲系交聯劑,將使用伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為伸烷基脲系交聯劑,將使用苯并胍胺之交聯劑稱為苯并胍胺系交聯劑。 該等之中,本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含選自包括脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳,包含選自包括後述乙炔脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少1種化合物為更佳。 [Other Crosslinking Agents] The first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a crosslinking agent other than the free radical crosslinking agent described above. In the present invention, the "other crosslinking agent" refers to a crosslinking agent other than the free radical crosslinking agent described above. Preferably, the compound has multiple groups within its molecule that react with the photoacid generator or photoalkali generator (forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products). More preferably, the compound has multiple groups within its molecule that react with an acid or base (forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products). The acid or base is preferably one generated from a photoacid generator or photoalkali generator during the exposure step. Other crosslinking agents are preferably compounds having at least one group selected from the group consisting of acyloxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, and alkoxymethyl groups, and more preferably compounds having a structure in which at least one group selected from the group consisting of acyloxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, and alkoxymethyl groups is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom. Other crosslinking agents include, for example, compounds having a structure in which an amino-containing compound such as melamine, acetylene carbamide, urea, alkylene urea, or benzoguanamine is reacted with formaldehyde, or formaldehyde is reacted with an alcohol, and the hydrogen atom of the amino group is replaced with an acyloxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, or alkoxymethyl group. The production method of these compounds is not particularly limited, as long as they have the same structure as the compounds produced by the above-described methods. Alternatively, these compounds may be oligomers formed by self-condensation of hydroxymethyl groups. Among the amino-containing compounds described above, crosslinking agents using melamine are referred to as melamine-based crosslinking agents, those using acetylene carbamide, urea, or alkylene urea are referred to as urea-based crosslinking agents, those using alkylene urea are referred to as alkylene urea-based crosslinking agents, and those using benzoguanamine are referred to as benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agents. Among these, the first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of urea-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents, and more preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the acetylene urea-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents described below.
作為含有本發明中的烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少1個之化合物,能夠舉出烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基直接在芳香族基、下述脲結構的氮原子上或三𠯤上取代之化合物作為結構例。 關於上述化合物所具有之烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基,碳數2~5為較佳,碳數2或3為較佳,碳數2為更佳。 上述化合物所具有之烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基的總數係1~10為較佳,更佳為2~8,特佳為3~6。 上述化合物的分子量較佳為1500以下,180~1200為較佳。 Compounds containing at least one of the alkoxymethyl and acyloxymethyl groups of the present invention include, as structural examples, compounds in which the alkoxymethyl or acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted on an aromatic group, a nitrogen atom of the following urea structure, or a triazole. The alkoxymethyl or acyloxymethyl group in these compounds preferably has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 carbon atoms. The total number of alkoxymethyl and acyloxymethyl groups in these compounds is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and particularly preferably 3 to 6. The molecular weight of these compounds is preferably 1500 or less, and preferably 180 to 1200.
【化學式18】 【Chemical formula 18】
R 100表示烷基或醯基。 R 101及R 102分別獨立地表示一價有機基團,可以相互鍵結而形成環。 R 100 represents an alkyl group or an acyl group. R 101 and R 102 each independently represent a monovalent organic group and may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
作為烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基直接在芳香族基上取代之化合物,例如能夠舉出下述通式之類的化合物。Examples of compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted on an aromatic group include compounds of the following general formula.
【化學式19】 【Chemical formula 19】
式中,X表示單鍵或2價有機基團,各R 104分別獨立地表示烷基或醯基,R 103表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基或藉由酸的作用分解並生成鹼溶性基之基團(例如,藉由酸的作用脫離之基團、由-C(R 4) 2COOR 5表示之基團(R 4分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基,R 5表示藉由酸的作用脫離之基團。))。 R 105各自獨立地表示烷基或烯基,a、b及c各自獨立地為1~3,d係0~4,e係0~3,f係0~3,a+d係5以下,b+e係4以下,c+f係4以下。 關於藉由酸的作用分解並生成鹼溶性基之基團、藉由酸的作用脫離之基團、由-C(R 4) 2COOR 5表示之基團中的R 5,例如,能夠舉出-C(R 36)(R 37)(R 38)、-C(R 36)(R 37)(OR 39)、-C(R 01)(R 02)(OR 39)等。 式中,R 36~R 39分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。R 36與R 37可以相互鍵結而形成環。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷基為更佳。 上述烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀中的任一種。 作為上述環烷基,碳數3~12的環烷基為較佳,碳數3~8的環烷基為更佳。 上述環烷基可以為單環結構,亦可以為縮合環等多環結構。 上述芳基係碳數6~30的芳香族烴基為較佳,苯基為更佳。 作為上述芳烷基,碳數7~20的芳烷基為較佳,碳數7~16的烷基為更佳。 上述芳烷基係指被烷基取代之芳基,該等烷基及芳基的較佳態樣與上述烷基及芳基的較佳態樣相同。 上述烯基係碳數3~20的烯基為較佳,碳數3~16的烯基為更佳。 又,該等基團可以在獲得本發明的效果之範圍內進一步具有公知的取代基。 In the formula, X represents a single bond or a divalent organic group, each R 104 independently represents an alkyl group or an acyl group, R 103 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to form an alkaline-soluble group (for example, a group that is liberated by the action of an acid, a group represented by -C(R 4 ) 2 COOR 5 (R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 5 represents a group that is liberated by the action of an acid). R 105 independently represents an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, a, b, and c independently represent 1 to 3, d represents 0 to 4, e represents 0 to 3, f represents 0 to 3, a + d is 5 or less, b + e is 4 or less, and c + f is 4 or less. Examples of R₅ in the group represented by -C( R₄ ) ₂COOR₅ include -C(R₃)(R₃)(R₃)(OR₃), -C( R₃ )(R₃)( OR₃ ), and -C(R₁)( R₂ )( OR₃ ). In the formula, R₃₆ to R₃₆ independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group. R₃₆ and R₃₆ may be bonded to form a ring. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferred. The above-mentioned cycloalkyl group may be a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure such as a condensed ring. The above-mentioned aryl group is preferably an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a phenyl group is more preferred. As the above-mentioned aralkyl group, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkyl group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferred. The above-mentioned aralkyl group refers to an aryl group substituted by an alkyl group, and the preferred aspects of the alkyl and aryl groups are the same as the preferred aspects of the above-mentioned alkyl and aryl groups. The above-mentioned alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 3 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferred. In addition, these groups may further have known substituents within the scope of obtaining the effects of the present invention.
R 01及R 02分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。 R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
作為該等基團,較佳為三級烷基酯基、縮醛基、枯基酯基、烯醇酯基等。進一步較佳為三級烷基酯基、縮醛酯基。Preferred such groups include tertiary alkyl ester groups, acetal groups, cumyl ester groups, and enol ester groups. More preferred are tertiary alkyl ester groups and acetal ester groups.
作為具有烷氧基甲基之化合物,具體能夠舉出以下結構。具有醯氧基甲基之化合物能夠舉出將下述化合物的烷氧基甲基變更為醯氧基甲基之化合物。作為在分子內具有烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基之化合物,能夠舉出以下化合物,但並不限定於此。Specific examples of compounds having an alkoxymethyl group include the following structures. Examples of compounds having an acyloxymethyl group include compounds obtained by replacing the alkoxymethyl group in the following compounds with an acyloxymethyl group. Examples of compounds having an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group in the molecule include the following compounds, but are not limited thereto.
【化學式20】 【Chemical formula 20】
【化學式21】 【Chemical formula 21】
含有烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少1個之化合物可以使用市售品,亦可以使用藉由公知的方法合成者。 從耐熱性的觀點考慮,烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基直接在芳香環、三𠯤環上取代之化合物為較佳。 Compounds containing at least one of an alkoxymethyl group and an acyloxymethyl group can be commercially available or synthesized by known methods. From the perspective of heat resistance, compounds in which the alkoxymethyl group or acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted on an aromatic ring or a tricyclic ring are preferred.
作為三聚氰胺系交聯劑的具體例,可舉出六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基丁基三聚氰胺等。Specific examples of melamine-based crosslinking agents include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, and hexabutoxybutylmelamine.
作為脲系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可舉出單羥甲基化乙炔脲、二羥甲基化乙炔脲、三羥甲基化乙炔脲、四羥甲基化乙炔脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲,二甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四乙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲或四丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲等乙炔脲系交聯劑; 雙甲氧基甲基脲、雙乙氧基甲基脲、雙丙氧基甲基脲、雙丁氧基甲基脲等脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化乙烯脲或二羥甲基化乙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基化乙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化乙烯脲等乙烯脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化丙烯脲、二羥甲基化丙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基化丙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化丙烯脲等丙烯脲系交聯劑、 1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)4,5-二羥基-2-咪唑啶酮、1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)-4,5-二甲氧基-2-咪唑啶酮等。 Specific examples of urea-based crosslinking agents include monohydroxymethylated acetylene carbamide, dihydroxymethylated acetylene carbamide, trihydroxymethylated acetylene carbamide, tetrahydroxymethylated acetylene carbamide, monomethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, dimethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, trimethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, tetramethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, monomethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, dimethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, trimethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, tetraethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, monopropoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, dipropoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, tripropoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, tetrapropoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, monobutoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, dibutoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, tributoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, or tetrabutoxymethylated acetylene carbamide. Urea-based crosslinkers such as bismethoxymethyl urea, bisethoxymethyl urea, bispropoxymethyl urea, and bisbutoxymethyl urea; Ethylene urea-based crosslinkers such as monohydroxymethylated ethylene urea or dihydroxymethylated ethylene urea, monomethoxymethylated ethylene urea, dimethoxymethylated ethylene urea, monoethoxymethylated ethylene urea, diethoxymethylated ethylene urea, monopropoxymethylated ethylene urea, dipropoxymethylated ethylene urea, monobutoxymethylated ethylene urea, or dibutoxymethylated ethylene urea; Propylene urea-based crosslinkers such as monohydroxymethylated propylene urea, dihydroxymethylated propylene urea, monomethoxymethylated propylene urea, dimethoxymethylated propylene urea, monoethoxymethylated propylene urea, diethoxymethylated propylene urea, monopropoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxymethylated propylene urea, monobutoxymethylated propylene urea, or dibutoxymethylated propylene urea; 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolidinone, etc.
作為苯并胍胺系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可舉出單羥甲基化苯并胍胺、二羥甲基化苯并胍胺、三羥甲基化苯并胍胺、四羥甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺等。Specific examples of the benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent include monohydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, dihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, trihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrahydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrapropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine.
此外,作為具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團之化合物,亦可較佳地使用將選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團直接鍵結於芳香環(較佳為苯環)之化合物。 作為此類化合物的具體例,可舉出苯二甲醇、雙(羥甲基)甲酚、雙(羥甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(羥甲基)二苯醚、雙(羥甲基)二苯甲酮、羥甲基苯甲酸羥甲基苯、雙(羥甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(羥甲基)聯苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)甲酚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、甲氧基甲基苯甲酸甲氧基甲基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、4,4’,4’’-亞乙基三[2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯酚]、5,5’-[2,2,2‐三氟‐1‐(三氟甲基)亞乙基]雙[2‐羥基‐1,3‐苯二甲醇]、3,3’,5,5’-四(甲氧基甲基)-1,1’-聯苯-4,4’-二醇等。 Furthermore, as the compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxymethyl group and an alkoxymethyl group, a compound in which at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxymethyl group and an alkoxymethyl group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring) can also be preferably used. Specific examples of such compounds include benzyl alcohol, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylbenzene hydroxymethylbenzoate, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, bis(methoxymethyl)benzene, bis(methoxymethyl)cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl Ketone, methoxymethylbenzoic acid methoxymethylbenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 4,4',4''-ethylenetris[2,6-bis(methoxymethyl)phenol], 5,5'-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl)ethylene]bis[2-hydroxy-1,3-benzenedimethanol], 3,3',5,5'-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diol, etc.
作為其他交聯劑,可以使用市售品,作為較佳之市售品,可舉出46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上為ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上為Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)、NIKALAC(註冊商標,以下相同)MX-290、NIKALAC MX-280、NIKALAC MX-270、NIKALAC MX-279、NIKALAC MW-100LM、NIKALAC MX-750LM(以上為SANWA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製)等。As other crosslinking agents, commercially available products can be used. Preferred commercially available products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, DML-OEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP-Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM- PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML-BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (all manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC (registered trademark, hereinafter the same) MX-290, NIKALAC MX-280, NIKALAC MX-270, NIKALAC MX-279, NIKALAC MW-100LM, NIKALAC MX-750LM (all manufactured by SANWA Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.
又,本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含選自包括環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物及苯并噁𠯤化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物作為其他交聯劑亦較佳。Furthermore, the first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxy compounds, cyclohexane compounds, and benzoxazolium compounds as another crosslinking agent.
-環氧化合物(具有環氧基之化合物)- 作為環氧化合物,在一分子中具有2個以上的環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在200℃以下進行交聯反應且不會因交聯而引發脫水反應,因此不易引起膜收縮。因此,藉由含有環氧化合物,可有效地抑制本發明的第1樹脂組成物的低溫硬化及翹曲。 -Epoxy Compounds (Compounds Containing Epoxy Groups)- Epoxy compounds preferably contain two or more epoxy groups per molecule. Epoxy groups undergo crosslinking reactions below 200°C and do not induce dehydration reactions due to crosslinking, thus minimizing film shrinkage. Therefore, the inclusion of epoxy compounds effectively suppresses low-temperature curing and warping of the first resin composition of the present invention.
環氧化合物含有聚環氧乙烷基為較佳。藉此,彈性模數進一步降低,又能夠抑制翹曲。聚環氧乙烷基表示環氧乙烷的重複單元數為2以上者,重複單元數為2~15為較佳。The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. This further reduces the elastic modulus and suppresses warping. The polyethylene oxide group refers to a group containing 2 or more repeating units of ethylene oxide, preferably 2 to 15 repeating units.
作為環氧化合物的例子,可舉出雙酚A型環氧樹脂;雙酚F型環氧樹脂;丙二醇二環氧丙醚、新戊二醇二環氧丙醚、乙二醇二環氧丙醚、丁二醇二環氧丙醚、己二醇二環氧丙醚、三羥甲基丙烷三環氧丙醚等伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂或多元醇烴型環氧樹脂;聚丙二醇二環氧丙醚等聚伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂;聚甲基(環氧丙氧基丙基)矽氧烷等含有環氧基之聚矽氧等,但並不限定於該等。具體而言,可舉出EPICLON(註冊商標)850-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4032、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-7200、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-820、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4700、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4770、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-830LVP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8183、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8169、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-660、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-665-EXP-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-740(以上為商品名,DIC Corporation製)、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-20E、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-60E、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)HBE-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)DME-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)L-200(商品名,New Japan Chemical Co.,Ltd.)、EP-4003S、EP-4000S、EP-4088S、EP-3950S(以上為商品名,ADEKA CORPORATION製)、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2021P、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2081、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2000、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)GT401、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)PB4700、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)PB3600(以上為商品名,Daicel Corporation製)、NC-3000、NC-3000-L、NC-3000-H、NC-3000-FH-75M、NC-3100、CER-3000-L、NC-2000-L、XD-1000、NC-7000L、NC-7300L、EPPN-501H、EPPN-501HY、EPPN-502H、EOCN-1020、EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、CER-1020、EPPN-201、BREN-S、BREN-10S(以上為商品名,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。又,亦可較佳地使用以下化合物。Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A epoxy resins; bisphenol F epoxy resins; alkylene glycol epoxy resins or polyol hydrocarbon epoxy resins such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, butylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexylene glycol diglycidyl ether, and trihydroxymethylpropane triglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol epoxy resins such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; and epoxy group-containing polysiloxanes such as polymethyl (glycidoxypropyl) siloxane. Specifically, EPICLON (registered trademark) 850-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4032, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-7200, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-820, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4700, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4770, EPICL ON (registered trademark) EXA-830LVP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8183, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8169, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-660, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-665-EXP-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740 (the above are trade names, DIC Corporation), RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-20E, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-60E, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) HBE-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) DME-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) L-200 (trade names, New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S, EP-4088S, EP-3950S (the above are trade names, ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2021P, CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2081, CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2000, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) GT401, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) PB4700, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) PB3600 (the above are trade names, Daicel Corporation), NC-3000, NC-3000-L, NC-3000-H, NC-3000-FH-75M, NC-3100, CER-3000-L, NC-2000-L, XD-1000, NC-7000L, NC-7300L, EPPN-501H, EPPN-501HY, EPPN-502H, EOCN-1020, EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, CER-1020, EPPN-201, BREN-S, BREN-10S (all trade names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.). The following compounds can also be preferably used.
【化學式22】 【Chemical formula 22】
式中,n係1~5的整數,m係1~20的整數。Where n is an integer from 1 to 5, and m is an integer from 1 to 20.
上述結構中,從兼顧耐熱性及提高拉伸率的方面考慮,n係1~2,m係3~7為較佳。In the above structure, considering both heat resistance and improved elongation, n is preferably 1 to 2 and m is preferably 3 to 7.
〔氧雜環丁烷化合物(具有氧雜環丁基之化合物)〕 作為氧雜環丁烷化合物,能夠舉出在一分子中具有2個以上的氧雜環丁烷環之化合物、3-乙基-3-羥甲基氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙{[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲氧基]甲基}苯、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基己基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、1,4-苯二羧酸-雙[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲基]酯等。作為具體例,能夠較佳地使用TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製ARON OXETANE系列(例如,OXT-121、OXT-221),該等可以單獨使用,或者可以混合2種以上。 [Oxycyclobutane compounds (compounds containing an oxocyclobutyl group)] Examples of oxocyclobutane compounds include compounds containing two or more oxocyclobutane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxocyclobutane, 1,4-bis{[(3-ethyl-3-oxocyclobutyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexylmethyl)oxocyclobutane, and 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxocyclobutyl)methyl]ester. As a specific example, the ARON OXETANE series (e.g., OXT-121, OXT-221) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. can be preferably used. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
-苯并噁𠯤化合物(具有苯并噁唑基之化合物)- 苯并噁𠯤化合物因由開環加成反應所引起之交聯反應而在硬化時不發生脫氣,進而減少熱收縮而抑制產生翹曲,因此較佳。 -Benzoxazone compounds (compounds containing a benzoxazolyl group)- Benzoxazone compounds are preferred because they do not degas during curing due to the cross-linking reaction caused by the ring-opening addition reaction, which in turn reduces thermal shrinkage and suppresses warping.
作為苯并噁𠯤化合物的較佳例子,可舉出P-d型苯并噁𠯤、F-a型苯并噁𠯤(以上為商品名,Shikoku Chemicals Corporation製)、多羥基苯乙烯樹脂的苯并噁𠯤加成物、酚醛清漆型二氫苯并噁𠯤化合物。該等可以單獨使用,或者可以混合2種以上。Preferred examples of benzoxazolium compounds include P-d-type benzoxazolium, F-a-type benzoxazolium (trade names, manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation), benzoxazolium adducts of polyhydroxystyrene resins, and novolac-type dihydrobenzoxazolium compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
相對於本發明的第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其他交聯劑的含量係0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為特佳。其他交聯劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上其他熱交聯劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the other crosslinking agent is preferably 0.1-30 mass %, more preferably 0.1-20 mass %, even more preferably 0.5-15 mass %, and particularly preferably 1.0-10 mass %, relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition of the present invention. The other crosslinking agent may be present in a single species or in two or more species. When two or more other thermal crosslinking agents are present, their total content is preferably within the above range.
〔聚合起始劑〕 本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含能夠藉由光和/或熱開始聚合之聚合起始劑為較佳。尤其,包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑係光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,並沒有特別限制,能夠從公知的光自由基聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,可以為與被光激發之增感劑產生一些作用並生成活性自由基之活性劑。 [Polymerization Initiator] The first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization initiator capable of initiating polymerization by light and/or heat. In particular, it preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. There is no particular limitation on the photoradical polymerization initiator, and it can be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator that is sensitive to light in the ultraviolet to visible region is preferred. Alternatively, an activator that reacts with a photoexcited sensitizer to generate active radicals may be used.
光自由基聚合起始劑至少含有1種在波長約240~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50L・mol -1・cm -1莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法來進行測定。例如,藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,在0.01g/L的濃度下進行測定為較佳。 The photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorbance of at least about 50 L·mol -1 ·cm -1 within a wavelength range of approximately 240 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorbance of the compound can be measured using known methods. For example, it is preferably measured using a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如,可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有噁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮等α-胺基酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等α-羥基酮化合物、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。又,可舉出日本特開2014-130173號公報的0065~0111段、日本專利第6301489號公報中記載之化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019中記載之過氧化物系光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/221177號中記載之光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/110179號中記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-043864號公報中記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-044030號公報中記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-167313號公報中記載之過氧化物系起始劑,該等內容編入本說明書中。Any known compound can be used as a photoradical polymerization initiator. Examples include alkyl halides (e.g., compounds having a trioxane skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, α-aminoketone compounds such as aminoacetophenone, α-hydroxyketone compounds such as hydroxyacetophenone, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organoboron compounds, and iron aromatic complexes. For details of these, reference can be made to paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, which are incorporated into this specification. In addition, reference can be made to paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, and MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019, the peroxide-based photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-043864, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-044030, and the peroxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-167313 are incorporated into this specification.
作為酮化合物,例如,可例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。市售品中,亦可較佳地使用KAYACURE DETX-S(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)。Examples of ketone compounds include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Among commercially available products, KAYACURE DETX-S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) is also preferably used.
在本發明的一實施態樣中,作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如,能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中記載之醯基氧化膦系起始劑,該內容編入本說明書中。In one embodiment of the present invention, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can be preferably used as photoradical polymerization initiators. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used, and the contents of these initiators are incorporated into this specification.
作為α-羥基酮系起始劑,能夠使用Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上為IGM Resins B.V.製)、IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。As α-hydroxyketone-based initiators, Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, and Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為α-胺基酮系起始劑,能夠使用Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上為IGM Resins B.V.製)、IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。As the α-aminoketone-based initiator, Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,亦能夠使用極大吸收波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。As aminoacetophenone-based initiators, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191179, whose maximum absorption wavelength matches a light source having a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used, and the contents of such compounds are incorporated into this specification.
作為醯基氧化膦系起始劑,可舉出2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上為IGM Resins B.V.製)、IRGACURE-819、IRGACURE-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。Examples of acylphosphine oxide-based initiators include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide. Furthermore, Omnirad 819 and Omnirad TPO (both manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE-819, and IRGACURE-TPO (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為茂金屬化合物,可例示IRGACURE-784、IRGACURE-727、IRGACURE-784EG(均為BASF公司製)、Keycure VIS 813(King Brother Chem Co.,Ltd.製)等。Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784, IRGACURE-727, and IRGACURE-784EG (all manufactured by BASF), and Keycure VIS 813 (manufactured by King Brother Chem Co., Ltd.).
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,更佳為舉出肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠進一步有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物的曝光寬容度(曝光餘量)較廣且亦起到作為光硬化促進劑的作用,因此特佳。Oxime compounds are particularly preferred as photoradical polymerization initiators. Oxime compounds can effectively increase exposure latitude. Oxime compounds are particularly preferred because they have a wider exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also function as photohardening accelerators.
作為肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2001-233842號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,第1653-1660頁)中記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,第156-162頁)中記載之化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年,第202-232頁)中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-066385號公報中記載之化合物、日本特表2004-534797號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-019766號公報中記載之化合物、日本專利第6065596號公報中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/152153號中記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/051680號中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-198865號公報中記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的0025~0038段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2013/167515號中記載之化合物等,該內容編入本說明書中。Specific examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-233842, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-080068, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-342166, compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), and compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology. Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-066385, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-534797, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-019766, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application No. 6065596, compounds described in International Publication No. 2 The compounds described in 015/152153, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compounds described in JP-A-2017-198865, the compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, and the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515 are incorporated into this specification.
作為較佳之肟化合物,例如可舉出下述結構的化合物、3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮以及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。在本發明的第1樹脂組成物中,尤其將肟化合物用作光自由基聚合起始劑(肟系光自由基聚合起始劑)為較佳。肟系光自由基聚合起始劑在分子內具有>C=N-O-C(=O)-的連結基。Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures: 3-benzyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one. In the first resin composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use an oxime compound as a photoradical polymerization initiator (oxime-based photoradical polymerization initiator). Oxime-based photoradical polymerization initiators have a linking group of >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.
【化學式23】 【Chemical formula 23】
市售品中,亦可較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製)、ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製,日本特開2012-014052號公報中記載之光自由基聚合起始劑2)。又,亦能夠使用TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-305(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730、NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(Daito Chemix Corporation製)、SpeedCure PDO(SARTOMER ARKEMA製)。又,亦能夠使用下述結構的肟化合物。 【化學式24】 Among commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, and IRGACURE OXE 04 (all manufactured by BASF) and ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, a photoradical polymerization initiator 2 described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-014052) are also preferably used. TR-PBG-304 and TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730, NCI-831, and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can also be used. DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemix Corporation) and SpeedCure PDO (manufactured by SARTOMER ARKEMA) can also be used. In addition, an oxime compound having the following structure can also be used. [Chemical Formula 24]
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中記載之化合物、日本專利06636081號中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。Oxime compounds having a fluorene ring can also be used as photoradical polymerization initiators. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-137466 and Japanese Patent No. 06636081, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為此類肟化合物的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2013/083505號中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。As a photoradical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a carbazole ring and at least one benzene ring in a naphthalene ring skeleton can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為此類肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中記載之化合物(C-3)等,該內容編入本說明書中。Oxime compounds containing fluorine atoms can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, and compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-A-2013-164471, all of which are incorporated herein.
作為光聚合起始劑,能夠使用具有硝基之肟化合物。具有硝基之肟化合物設為二聚體亦較佳。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-114249號公報的0031~0047段、日本特開2014-137466號公報的0008~0012、0070~0079段中記載之化合物、日本專利4223071號公報的0007~0025段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。又,作為具有硝基之肟化合物,亦可舉出ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製)。As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. The oxime compound having a nitro group is preferably a dimer. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-114249, paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-137466, and paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent Application No. 4223071, all of which are incorporated herein. Another example of an oxime compound having a nitro group is ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。作為具體例,可舉出國際公開第2015/036910號中記載之OE-01~OE-75。Oxime compounds having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as photoradical polymerization initiators. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用在咔唑骨架上鍵結了具有羥基之取代基之肟化合物。作為此類光聚合起始劑,可舉出國際公開第2019/088055號中記載之化合物等,該內容編入本說明書中。Oxime compounds having a hydroxyl substituent bonded to a carbazole skeleton can also be used as photoradical polymerization initiators. Examples of such photopolymerization initiators include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有對芳香族環導入了拉電子基團之芳香族環基Ar OX1之肟化合物(以下,亦稱為肟化合物OX)。作為上述芳香族環基Ar OX1所具有之拉電子基團,可舉出醯基、硝基、三氟甲基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、氰基,醯基及硝基為較佳,從容易形成耐光性優異之膜之理由考慮,醯基為更佳,苯甲醯基為進一步較佳。苯甲醯基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,係鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、羥基、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烯基、烷基氫硫基、芳基氫硫基、醯基或胺基為較佳,烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、烷基氫硫基、芳基氫硫基或胺基為更佳,烷氧基、烷基氫硫基或胺基為進一步較佳。 As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group ArOX1 with an electron-withdrawing group introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter also referred to as the oxime compound OX) can also be used. Examples of the electron-withdrawing group possessed by the aromatic ring group ArOX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group. Acyl and nitro groups are preferred. From the perspective of easily forming a film with excellent light resistance, acyl groups are more preferred, and benzoyl groups are even more preferred. The benzoyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, hydroxyl group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclooxy group, alkenyl group, alkylthiohydrogen group, arylthiohydrogen group, acyl group or amino group; more preferably, an alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, alkylthiohydrogen group, arylthiohydrogen group or amino group; and even more preferably, an alkoxy group, alkylthiohydrogen group or amino group.
肟化合物OX係選自由式(OX1)表示之化合物及由式(OX2)表示之化合物中之至少1種為較佳,由式(OX2)表示之化合物為更佳。 【化學式25】 式中,R X1表示烷基、烯基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烷基氫硫基、芳基氫硫基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、醯基、醯氧基、胺基、膦醯基、胺甲醯基或胺磺醯基, R X2表示烷基、烯基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烷基氫硫基、芳基氫硫基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、醯氧基或胺基, R X3~R X14分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基; 其中,R X10~R X14中的至少一個為拉電子基團。 The oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by formula (OX1) and a compound represented by formula (OX2), and more preferably a compound represented by formula (OX2). [Chemical Formula 25] wherein RX1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclicoxy group, an alkylthiohydrogen group, an arylthiohydrogen group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, an aminoformyl group, or an aminosulfonyl group; RX2 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclicoxy group, an alkylthiohydrogen group, an arylthiohydrogen group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyloxy group, or an amino group; RX3 to RX14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; wherein RX10 to RX14 At least one of X14 is an electron-withdrawing group.
上述式中,R X12係拉電子基團,R X10、R X11、R X13、R X14係氫原子為較佳。 In the above formula, RX12 is an electron-withdrawing group, and RX10 , RX11 , RX13 , and RX14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
作為肟化合物OX的具體例,可舉出日本專利第4600600號公報的0083~0105段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the oxime compound OX include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
作為最佳之肟化合物,可舉出日本特開2007-269779號公報中示出之具有特定取代基之肟化合物、日本特開2009-191061號公報中示出之具有硫芳基之肟化合物等,該內容編入本說明書中。As the most preferable oxime compound, there can be mentioned the oxime compound having a specific substituent described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-269779 and the oxime compound having a thioaryl group described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191061, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,光自由基聚合起始劑係選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯基-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基噁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物之群組中之化合物為較佳。From the perspective of exposure sensitivity, the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl triphosphine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadienyl-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halogenated methyl oxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compounds.
更佳之光自由基聚合起始劑係三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、二苯甲酮化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為更進一步較佳,使用茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為再進一步較佳。More preferred photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalogenomethyl triphosphine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds. It is further preferred to use at least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalogenomethyl triphosphine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds. It is even more preferred to use metallocene compounds or oxime compounds.
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮(Michler’s ketone))等N,N’-四烷基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮,2-苄基-2-二甲胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)-丁酮-1,2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-口末啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮、烷基蒽醌等與芳香環進行縮環而成之醌類、安息香烷基醚等安息香醚化合物、安息香、烷基安息香等安息香化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮等苄基衍生物等。又,亦能夠使用由下述式(I)表示之化合物。Furthermore, photoradical polymerization initiators that can be used include benzophenone, N,N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), aromatic ketones such as 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-aminophenyl)-butanone-1,2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-aminopropanone-1, quinones formed by condensation of alkyl anthraquinones with aromatic rings, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ethers, benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkyl benzoins, and benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal. Compounds represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.
【化學式26】 【Chemical formula 26】
在式(I)中,R I00係碳數1~20的烷基、藉由1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、苯基或碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、被藉由1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及碳數1~4的烷基中的至少1個取代之苯基或聯苯基,R I01係由式(II)表示之基團或者與R I00相同的基團,R I02~R I04各自獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素原子。 In formula (I), R 100 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or a phenyl group or biphenyl group substituted with at least one of an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R 101 is a group represented by formula (II) or the same group as R 100 ; and R 102 to R 104 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
【化學式27】 【Chemical formula 27】
式中,R I05~R I07與上述式(I)的R I02~R I04相同。 In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 in the above formula (I).
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/125469號的0048~0055段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used as the photoradical polymerization initiator, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,可以使用2官能或3官能以上的光自由基起始劑。藉由使用此類光自由基聚合起始劑,從光自由基聚合起始劑的一分子產生2個以上的自由基,因此可獲得良好的靈敏度。又,在使用了非對稱結構的化合物時,結晶性下降而在溶劑等中的溶解性變高,隨時間的經過變得難以析出,藉此能夠提高第1樹脂組成物的經時穩定性。作為2官能或3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑的具體例,可舉出日本特表2010-527339號公報、日本特表2011-524436號公報、國際公開第2015/004565號、日本特表2016-532675號公報的0407~0412段、國際公開第2017/033680號的0039~0055段中記載之肟化合物的二聚體、日本特表2013-522445號公報中記載之化合物(E)及化合物(G)、國際公開第2016/034963號中記載之Cmpd1~7、日本特表2017-523465號公報的0007段中記載之肟酯類光起始劑、日本特開2017-167399號公報的0020~0033段中記載之光起始劑、日本特開2017-151342號公報的0017~0026段中記載之光聚合起始劑(A)、日本專利第6469669號公報中記載之肟酯光起始劑等,該內容編入本說明書中。As photoradical polymerization initiators, bifunctional, trifunctional, or higher-functional photoradical initiators can be used. By using such photoradical polymerization initiators, two or more free radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, thereby achieving excellent sensitivity. Furthermore, when using a compound with an asymmetric structure, crystallinity is reduced, resulting in increased solubility in solvents, etc., making precipitation less likely over time and thereby improving the temporal stability of the first resin composition. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher-functional photoradical polymerization initiators include dimers of oxime compounds described in JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, paragraphs 0407 to 0412 of JP-A-2016-532675, and paragraphs 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, and compound (E) and compound (B) described in JP-A-2013-522445. (G), Cmpd 1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, the oxime ester photoinitiator described in paragraph 0007 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-523465, the photoinitiator described in paragraphs 0020 to 0033 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-167399, the photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-151342, and the oxime ester photoinitiator described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.
包含光聚合起始劑時,相對於本發明的第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其含量係0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%,更進一步較佳為1.0~10質量%。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上光聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 此外,有時光聚合起始劑亦會作為熱聚合起始劑發揮作用,因此存在藉由烘箱、加熱板等的加熱使基於光聚合起始劑之交聯進一步進行之情況。 When a photopolymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1-30 mass%, more preferably 0.1-20 mass%, even more preferably 0.5-15 mass%, and even more preferably 1.0-10 mass%, relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition of the present invention. A single photopolymerization initiator may be included, or two or more may be included. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range. In addition, a photopolymerization initiator may also function as a thermal polymerization initiator, and therefore, crosslinking by the photopolymerization initiator may be further promoted by heating in an oven, hot plate, or the like.
〔增感劑〕 第1樹脂組成物可以包含增感劑。增感劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激發狀態。成為電子激發狀態之增感劑與熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑引起化學變化而分解,並生成自由基、酸或鹼。 作為能夠使用的增感劑,亦能夠使用二苯甲酮系、米其勒酮系、香豆素系、吡唑偶氮系、苯胺偶氮系、三苯甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽系、蒽吡啶酮系、苯亞基(benzylidene)系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻𠯤系、吡咯并吡唑偶氮次甲基系、𠮿口星系、酞菁系、苯并哌喃系、靛藍系等化合物。 作為增感劑,例如,可舉出米其勒酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)查耳酮、對二甲胺基苯亞烯丙基二氫茚酮、對二甲胺基苯亞基二氫茚酮、2-(對二甲胺基苯基聯苯)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基伸乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基伸乙烯基)異萘基噻唑、1,3-雙(4’-二甲胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)丙酮、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素(7-(二乙胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯)、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-口末啉基二苯甲酮、二甲胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯)苯并噁唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯)萘(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯乙醯胺、苯甲醯苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3’,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 又,亦可以使用增感色素。 關於增感色素的詳細內容,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。 [Sensitizer] The first resin composition may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes electronically excited. When the electronically excited sensitizer comes into contact with a thermal radical polymerization initiator or a photoradical polymerization initiator, electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur. This chemically decomposes the thermal radical polymerization initiator or the photoradical polymerization initiator, generating free radicals, acids, or bases. As sensitizers, compounds that can be used include benzophenone, michler's ketone, coumarin, pyrazole azo, aniline azo, triphenylmethane, anthraquinone, anthracene, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxocyanine, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenathiophene, pyrrolopyrazoloazo methine, phthalocyanine, benzopyran, and indigo. As the sensitizer, for example, there can be mentioned Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminophenylallylidenedihydroindanone, p-dimethylaminophenylallylidenedihydroindanone, Methylaminophenylenedihydroindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenyl)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)isonaphthylthiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethyl Oxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin (7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester), N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-toluenediethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-methylbenzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate , isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate, 2-benzylbenzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-benzyltetrazole, 2-benzylbenzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)naphthalene(1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzyl)styrene, diphenylacetamide, benzylaniline, N-methylacetaniline, 3',4'-dimethylacetaniline, etc. Sensitizing dyes may also be used. For details on sensitizing dyes, reference may be made to paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357, which is incorporated herein by reference.
第1樹脂組成物包含增感劑時,相對於第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,增感劑的含量係0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。增感劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以同時使用2種以上。When the first resin composition includes a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass %, relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition. The sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔鏈轉移劑〕 本發明的第1樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如在高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science,Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中有定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如,可以使用在分子內具有-S-S-、-SO 2-S-、-N-O-、SH、PH、SiH及GeH之化合物群、用於RAFT(Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer:可逆加成碎斷鏈轉移)聚合之具有硫代羰基硫基之二硫苯甲酸酯、三硫碳酸酯、二硫胺甲酸酯、黃原酸酯化合物等。該等向低活性自由基供給氫而生成自由基,或者可藉由經氧化之後去質子而生成自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物。 [Chain Transfer Agent] The first resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the third edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by The Society of Polymer Science, Japan, 2005), pages 683-684. Examples of chain transfer agents include compounds containing -SS-, -SO2 -S-, -NO-, SH, PH, SiH, and GeH within the molecule, and dithiobenzoates, trithiocarbonates, dithiocarbamates, and xanthate compounds containing thiocarbonylthio groups used in RAFT (Reversible Addition Fragmentation Chain Transfer) polymerization. These compounds generate free radicals by donating hydrogen to low-activity free radicals or by deprotonating them through oxidation. In particular, thiol compounds can be preferably used.
又,鏈轉移劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used as chain transfer agents, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
本發明的第1樹脂組成物具有鏈轉移劑時,相對於本發明的第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份,鏈轉移劑的含量係0.01~20質量份為較佳,0.1~10質量份為更佳,0.5~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。鏈轉移劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the first resin composition of the present invention contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the first resin composition of the present invention. The chain transfer agent may be a single type or two or more types. When two or more types of chain transfer agents are present, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔光酸產生劑〕 本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含光酸產生劑為較佳。 光酸產生劑係指藉由200nm~900nm的光照射,產生布忍斯特酸及路易斯酸中的至少一種之化合物。被照射的光係較佳為波長300nm~450nm的光,更佳為330nm~420nm的光。單獨使用光酸產生劑或與增感劑同時使用時,能夠藉由感光產生酸之光酸產生劑為較佳。 作為所產生之酸的例子,可較佳地舉出鹵化氫、羧酸、磺酸、亞磺酸、硫代亞磺酸、磷酸、磷酸單酯、磷酸二酯、硼衍生物、磷衍生物、銻衍生物、過氧化鹵素、磺醯胺等。 [Photoacid Generator] The first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photoacid generator. The photoacid generator is a compound that generates at least one of a Brünster acid and a Lewis acid upon irradiation with light of 200 nm to 900 nm. The irradiated light preferably has a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, more preferably 330 nm to 420 nm. When used alone or in combination with a sensitizer, a photoacid generator that can generate an acid upon exposure is preferred. Preferred examples of the acid generated include hydrogen halides, carboxylic acids, sulfonic acids, sulfinic acids, thiosulfinic acids, phosphoric acid, phosphoric acid monoesters, phosphoric acid diesters, boron derivatives, phosphorus derivatives, antimony derivatives, halogen peroxides, and sulfonamides.
作為用於本發明的第1樹脂組成物之光酸產生劑,例如,可舉出醌二疊氮化合物、肟磺酸鹽化合物、有機鹵化化合物、有機硼酸鹽化合物、二碸化合物、鎓鹽化合物等。 從靈敏度、保存穩定性的觀點考慮,有機鹵素化合物、肟磺酸鹽化合物、鎓鹽化合物為較佳,從所形成之膜的機械特性等觀點考慮,肟酯為較佳。 Examples of photoacid generators used in the first resin composition of the present invention include quinonediazide compounds, oximesulfonate compounds, organic halogenated compounds, organic borate compounds, disulfonate compounds, and onium salt compounds. From the perspectives of sensitivity and storage stability, organic halogenated compounds, oximesulfonate compounds, and onium salt compounds are preferred. From the perspectives of mechanical properties of the resulting film, oxime esters are preferred.
作為醌二疊氮化合物,可舉出醌二疊氮的磺酸與1元或多元羥基化合物進行了酯鍵結者、醌二疊氮的磺酸與1元或多元胺基化合物進行了磺醯胺鍵結者、醌二疊氮的磺酸與多羥基聚胺基化合物進行了酯鍵結和/或磺醯胺鍵結者等。該等多羥基化合物、聚胺基化合物、多羥基聚胺基化合物無需所有官能基被醌二疊氮取代,平均而言,官能基整體的40莫耳%以上被醌二疊氮取代為較佳。藉由含有此類醌二疊氮化合物,能夠獲得對一般紫外線亦即水銀燈的i射線(波長365nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、g射線(波長436nm)感光的第1樹脂組成物。Examples of quinonediazide compounds include quinonediazide sulfonic acid ester-bonded with a mono- or polyvalent hydroxyl compound, quinonediazide sulfonic acid sulfonic acid ester-bonded with a mono- or polyvalent amino compound, and quinonediazide sulfonic acid ester-bonded and/or sulfonamide-bonded with a polyhydroxypolyamino compound. These polyhydroxy compounds, polyamino compounds, and polyhydroxypolyamino compounds do not necessarily require all functional groups to be substituted with quinonediazide; preferably, at least 40 mol% of the total functional groups are substituted with quinonediazide. By containing this quinone diazide compound, a first resin composition can be obtained that is sensitive to general ultraviolet light, namely, i-rays (wavelength 365nm), h-rays (wavelength 405nm), and g-rays (wavelength 436nm) from mercury lamps.
作為羥基化合物,具體而言,能夠舉出苯酚、三羥基二苯甲酮、4-甲氧基苯酚、異丙醇、辛醇、三級丁醇、環己醇、萘酚、Bis-Z、BisP-EZ、TekP-4HBPA、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PA、TrisP-SA、TrisOCR-PA、BisOCHP-Z、BisP-MZ、BisP-PZ、BisP-IPZ、BisOCP-IPZ、BisP-CP、BisRS-2P、BisRS-3P、BisP-OCHP、Methylene Tris-FR-CR -FR-CR、BisRS-26X、DML-MBPC、DML-MBOC、DML-OCHP、DML-PCHP、DML-PC、DML-PTBP、DML-34X、DML-EP、DML-POP、Dimethylol-BisOC-P、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-MTrisPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-BP、TML-HQ、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPA、TMOM-BP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP(以上為商品名,Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)、BIR-OC、BIP-PC、BIR-PC、BIR-PTBP、BIR-PCHP、BIP-BIOC-F、4PC、BIR-BIPC-F、TEP-BIP-A、46DMOC、46DMOEP、TM-BIP-A(以上為商品名,ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製)、2,6-二甲氧基甲基-4-三級丁基苯酚、2,6-二甲氧基甲基-對甲酚、2,6-二乙醯氧基甲基-對甲酚、萘酚、四羥基二苯甲酮、沒食子酸甲酯、雙酚A、雙酚E、亞甲基雙酚、BisP-AP(商品名,Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)、酚醛清漆樹脂等,但本發明並不限定於此。Specific examples of the hydroxyl compounds include phenol, trihydroxybenzophenone, 4-methoxyphenol, isopropyl alcohol, octanol, tert-butyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, naphthol, Bis-Z, BisP-EZ, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, TrisP-SA, TrisOCR-PA, BisOCHP-Z, BisP-MZ, BisP-PZ, BisP-IPZ, BisOCP-IPZ, BisP-CP, BisRS-2P, BisRS-3P, BisP-OCHP, and Methylene Tris-FR-CR. -FR-CR, BisRS-26X, DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML-PC, DML-PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, Dimethylol-BisOC-P, DML-PF P, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-BP, TML-HQ, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP (the above are trade names, Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), BIR-OC, BIP-PC, BIR-PC, BIR-PTBP, BIR-PCHP, BIP-BIOC-F, 4PC, BIR-BIPC-F, TEP-BIP-A, 46DMOC, 46DMOEP, TM-BIP-A (these are trade names, manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-tert-butylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol, 2,6-diethoxymethyl-p-cresol, naphthol, tetrahydroxybenzophenone, methyl gallate, bisphenol A, bisphenol E, methylene bisphenol, BisP-AP (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), novolac resin, etc., but the present invention is not limited thereto.
作為胺基化合物,具體而言,能夠舉出苯胺、甲基苯胺、二乙胺、丁胺、1,4-伸苯基二胺、1,3-伸苯基二胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯基硫醚等,但本發明並不限定於此。Specific examples of the amino compound include aniline, methylaniline, diethylamine, butylamine, 1,4-phenylenediamine, 1,3-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, and 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
又,作為多羥基聚胺基化合物,具體而言,能夠舉出2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、3,3’-二羥基聯苯胺等,但本發明並不限定於此。Specific examples of the polyhydroxypolyamino compound include 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane and 3,3'-dihydroxybenzidine, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
其中,作為醌二疊氮化合物,包含苯酚化合物及4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基的酯為較佳。藉此,能夠獲得比i射線曝光更高的靈敏度和更高的解析度。Among them, esters containing phenol compounds and 4-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl groups are preferred as quinonediazide compounds. This can achieve higher sensitivity and higher resolution than i-ray exposure.
相對於樹脂100質量份,在本發明的第1樹脂組成物中使用之醌二疊氮化合物的含量係1~50質量份為較佳,10~40質量份為更佳。藉由將醌二疊氮化合物的含量設為該範圍,可獲得曝光部與未曝光部的對比,藉此能夠實現高靈敏度化,因此較佳。可以根據需要進一步添加增感劑等。The content of the quinonediazide compound used in the first resin composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, and more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin. Setting the quinonediazide compound content within this range is preferred because it allows for a contrast between exposed and unexposed areas, thereby achieving higher sensitivity. A sensitizer or the like may be further added as needed.
光酸產生劑係包含肟磺酸鹽基之化合物(以下,亦簡稱為“肟磺酸鹽化合物”)亦較佳。 肟磺酸鹽化合物只要具有肟磺酸鹽基,則並沒有特別限制,由下述式(OS-1)、後述式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物為較佳。 The photoacid generator is preferably a compound containing an oxime sulfonate group (hereinafter referred to as an "oxime sulfonate compound"). The oxime sulfonate compound is not particularly limited as long as it contains an oxime sulfonate group. Preferred are oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the following formula (OS-1), the later-described formula (OS-103), the formula (OS-104), or the formula (OS-105).
【化學式28】 【Chemical formula 28】
在式(OS-1)中,X 3表示烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子。X 3存在複數個時,分別可以相同,亦可以不同。上述X 3中的烷基及烷氧基可以具有取代基。作為上述X 3中的烷基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基為較佳。作為上述X 3中的烷氧基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷氧基為較佳。作為上述X 3中的鹵素原子,氯原子或氟原子為較佳。 在式(OS-1)中,m3表示0~3的整數,0或1為較佳。m3為2或3時,複數個X 3可以相同,亦可以不同。 在式(OS-1)中,R 34表示烷基或芳基,碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、可以被W取代之苯基、可以被W取代之萘基或可以被W取代之鄰胺苯甲酸基為較佳。W表示鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基或碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、碳數6~20的芳基、碳數6~20的鹵化芳基。 In formula (OS-1), X3 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom. When there are multiple X3 groups, they may be the same or different. The alkyl group and alkoxy group in X3 may have a substituent. The alkyl group in X3 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group in X3 is preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The halogen atom in X3 is preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom. In formula (OS-1), m3 represents an integer from 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1. When m3 is 2 or 3, the multiple X3 groups may be the same or different. In formula (OS-1), R 34 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may be substituted with W, a naphthyl group which may be substituted with W, or an amine benzoyl group which may be substituted with W. W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a halogenated aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
在式(OS-1)中,m3係3,X 3係甲基,X 3的取代位置係鄰位,R 34係碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基、7,7-二甲基-2-氧代降莰基甲基或對甲苯基的化合物為特佳。 In formula (OS-1), m3 is 3, X3 is methyl, the substitution position of X3 is the ortho position, and R34 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorbornylmethyl, or p-tolyl.
作為由式(OS-1)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可例示在日本特開2011-209692號公報的0064~0068段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0158~0167段中記載之以下化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compound represented by formula (OS-1) include the following compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0068 of JP-A-2011-209692 and paragraphs 0158 to 0167 of JP-A-2015-194674, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
【化學式29】 【Chemical formula 29】
在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,R s1表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,存在複數個時的有些R s2分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或鹵素原子,存在複數個時的有些R s6分別獨立地表示鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、磺酸基、胺基磺醯基或烷氧基磺醯基,Xs表示O或S,ns表示1或2,ms表示0~6的整數。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,由R s1表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)、芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)或雜芳基(碳數4~30為較佳)可以在獲得本發明的效果之範圍內具有公知的取代基。 In Formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), Rs1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. When multiple Rs2 groups exist, some of them independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom. When multiple Rs6 groups exist, some of them independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an aminosulfonyl group, or an alkoxysulfonyl group. Xs represents O or S, ns represents 1 or 2, and ms represents an integer from 0 to 6. In Formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by Rs1 may have known substituents as long as the effects of the present invention are achieved.
在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,R s2係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳)或芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。在化合物中存在2個以上時的有些R s2中,1個或2個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為較佳,1個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為更佳,1個為烷基且其餘為氫原子為特佳。由R s2表示之烷基或芳基可以在獲得本發明的效果之範圍內具有公知的取代基。 在式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)中,Xs表示O或S,O為較佳。在上述式(OS-103)~(OS-105)中,作為環員包含Xs之環係5員環或6員環。 In Formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), Rs2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When two or more Rs2 are present in a compound, one or two of them are preferably alkyl groups, aryl groups, or halogen atoms, more preferably one is an alkyl group, aryl group, or halogen atom, and particularly preferably one is an alkyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms. The alkyl or aryl group represented by Rs2 may have known substituents as long as the effects of the present invention are achieved. In Formulas (OS-103), (OS-104), and (OS-105), Xs represents O or S, preferably O. In the above formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), the ring containing Xs as a ring member is a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ns表示1或2,Xs係O時,ns係1為較佳,又,Xs係S時,ns係2為較佳。 在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,由R s6表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)及烷氧基(碳數1~30為較佳)可以具有取代基。 在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ms表示0~6的整數,0~2的整數為較佳,0或1為更佳,0為特佳。 In Formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), ns represents 1 or 2. When Xs is O, ns is preferably 1. When Xs is S, ns is preferably 2. In Formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) and alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by Rs6 may have a substituent. In Formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), ms represents an integer from 0 to 6, preferably an integer from 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
又,由上述式(OS-103)表示之化合物係由下述式(OS-106)、式(OS-110)或式(OS-111)表示之化合物為特佳,由上述式(OS-104)表示之化合物係由下述式(OS-107)表示之化合物為特佳,由上述式(OS-105)表示之化合物係由下述式(OS-108)或式(OS-109)表示之化合物為特佳。 【化學式30】 Furthermore, the compound represented by the above formula (OS-103) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-106), formula (OS-110), or formula (OS-111), the compound represented by the above formula (OS-104) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-107), and the compound represented by the above formula (OS-105) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-108) or formula (OS-109). [Chemical Formula 30]
在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t1表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,R t7表示氫原子或溴原子,R t8表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,R t9表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,R t2表示氫原子或甲基。 在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t7表示氫原子或溴原子,氫原子為較佳。 In Formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group; R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom; R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group, or a chlorophenyl group; R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group, or a methoxy group; and R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In Formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, with a hydrogen atom being preferred.
在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t8表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子或苯基為較佳,碳數1~8的烷基為更佳,碳數1~6的烷基為進一步較佳,甲基為特佳。 In formulae (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group, or a chlorophenyl group. An alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a phenyl group is preferred. An alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferred. An alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferred. A methyl group is particularly preferred.
在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t9表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,氫原子為較佳。 R t2表示氫原子或甲基,氫原子為較佳。 又,關於肟的立體結構(E,Z),可以為上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中的任一種,亦可以為混合物。 作為由上述式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0088~0095段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0168~0194段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。 In Formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group, or a methoxy group, preferably a hydrogen atom. R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. Furthermore, the stereostructure (E,Z) of the oxime may be any of the above-mentioned oxime sulfonate compounds or a mixture. Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compounds represented by Formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0088 to 0095 of JP-A-2011-209692 and paragraphs 0168 to 0194 of JP-A-2015-194674, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
作為至少包含1個肟磺酸鹽基之肟磺酸鹽化合物的較佳之其他態樣,可舉出由下述式(OS-101)、式(OS-102)表示之化合物。Other preferred embodiments of the oxime sulfonate compound containing at least one oxime sulfonate group include compounds represented by the following formula (OS-101) and formula (OS-102).
【化學式31】 【Chemical formula 31】
在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,R u9表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、醯基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺基、氰基、芳基或雜芳基。R u9係氰基或芳基之態樣為更佳,R u9係氰基、苯基或萘基之態樣為進一步較佳。 在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,R u2a表示烷基或芳基。 在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Xu表示-O-、-S-、-NH-、-NR u5-、-CH 2-、-CR u6H-或CR u6R u7-,R u5~R u7分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。 In Formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), R u9 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. More preferably, R u9 is a cyano group or an aryl group, and even more preferably, R u9 is a cyano group, a phenyl group, or a naphthyl group. In Formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), R u2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. In Formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), Xu represents -O-, -S-, -NH-, -NR u5 -, -CH 2 -, -CR u6 H-, or CR u6 R u7 -, and R u5 to R u7 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,R u1~R u4分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、胺基、烷氧基羰基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、醯胺基、磺基、氰基或芳基。R u1~R u4中的2個可以分別相互鍵結而形成環。此時,環可以縮合而與苯環一同形成縮合環。作為R u1~R u4,氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基為較佳,又,R u1~R u4中的至少2個相互鍵結而形成芳基之態樣亦較佳。其中,R u1~R u4均為氫原子之態樣為較佳。上述取代基均可以進一步具有取代基。 In Formula (OS-101) or Formula (OS-102), R u1 to R u4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an amide group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, or an aryl group. Two of R u1 to R u4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In this case, the ring may be condensed to form a condensed ring with a benzene ring. R u1 to R u4 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group. Furthermore, at least two of R u1 to R u4 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group. Among them, it is preferred that all of R u1 to R u4 are hydrogen atoms. Each of the above substituents may further have a substituent.
由上述式(OS-101)表示之化合物係由式(OS-102)表示之化合物為更佳。 又,關於肟或苯并噻唑環的立體結構(E,Z等),分別可以為上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中的任一種,亦可以為混合物。 作為由式(OS-101)表示之化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0102~0106段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0195~0207段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。 上述化合物中,下述b-9、b-16、b-31、b-33為較佳。 【化學式32】 作為市售品,能夠舉出WPAG-336(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)、WPAG-443(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)、MBZ-101(Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。 The compound represented by the above formula (OS-101) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (OS-102). Furthermore, the stereostructure (E, Z, etc.) of the oxime or benzothiazole ring may be any of the above-mentioned oxime sulfonate compounds, or a mixture thereof. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (OS-101) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0102 to 0106 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0195 to 0207 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194674, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Among the above compounds, the following b-9, b-16, b-31, and b-33 are preferred. [Chemical Formula 32] Commercially available products include WPAG-336 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), WPAG-443 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), and MBZ-101 (manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
又,由下述結構式表示之化合物亦可作為較佳例舉出。 【化學式33】 Furthermore, the compound represented by the following structural formula can also be cited as a preferred example. [Chemical Formula 33]
作為有機鹵化化合物,具體而言,可舉出若林等“Bull Chem.Soc Japan”42,2924(1969)、美國專利第3,905,815號說明書、日本特公昭46-4605號、日本特開昭48-36281號公報、日本特開昭55-32070號公報、日本特開昭60-239736號公報、日本特開昭61-169835號公報、日本特開昭61-169837號公報、日本特開昭62-58241號公報、日本特開昭62-212401號公報、日本特開昭63-70243號公報、日本特開昭63-298339號公報、M.P.Hutt“Jurnal of Heterocyclic Chemistry”1(No3),(1970)等中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。尤其,作為較佳例可舉出由三鹵甲基取代之噁唑化合物:S-三𠯤化合物。 更佳為至少1個單、二或三鹵素取代甲基與s-三𠯤環鍵結之s-三𠯤衍生物、具體而言,例如,可舉出2,4,6-三(單氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-正丁基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(α,α,β-三氯乙基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(3,4-環氧苯基)-4、6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-〔1-(對甲氧基苯基)-2,4-丁二烯基〕-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯乙烯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對異丙氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(4-萘氧基萘)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苄硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲氧基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤等。 Specific examples of organic halogenated compounds include Wakabayashi et al., "Bull Chem. Soc Japan," 42, 2924 (1969), U.S. Patent No. 3,905,815, Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-4605, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 48-36281, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 55-32070, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 60-239736, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-169835, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-169837, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-58241, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-212401, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-70243, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-298339, and M.P. Hutt's "Journal of Heterocyclic The compounds described in "Chemistry" 1 (No. 3), (1970) and the like are incorporated into this specification. In particular, preferred examples include trihalomethyl-substituted oxazole compounds: S-triadium compounds. More preferred are s-triadium derivatives in which at least one mono-, di-, or trihalomethyl-substituted methyl group is bonded to the s-triadium ring. Specifically, for example, 2,4,6-tris(monochloromethyl)-s-triadium, 2,4,6-tris(dichloromethyl)-s-triadium, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)-s-triadium, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triadium, 2-n-butyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triadium, 2 -(α,α,β-trichloroethyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-(3,4-epoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-(p-chlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-[1-(p-methoxyphenyl)] )-2,4-butadienyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trithionyl, 2-phenylvinyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trithionyl, 2-(p-methoxyphenylvinyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trithionyl, 2-(p-isopropoxyphenylvinyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trithionyl, 2-(p-tolyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trithionyl, 2-(4-naphthoxynaphthalene) )-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trithionyl, 2-phenylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trithionyl, 2-benzylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trithionyl, 2,4,6-tris(dibromomethyl)-s-trithionyl, 2,4,6-tris(tribromomethyl)-s-trithionyl, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-trithionyl, 2-methoxy-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-trithionyl, etc.
作為有機硼酸鹽化合物,例如,作為具體例可舉出日本特開昭62-143044號公報、日本特開昭62-150242號公報、日本特開平9-188685號公報、日本特開平9-188686號公報、日本特開平9-188710號公報、日本特開2000-131837號公報、日本特開2002-107916號公報、日本專利第2764769號公報、日本特開2002-116539號公報等及Kunz,Martin“Rad Tech'98.Proceeding April 19-22,1998,Chicago”等中記載之有機硼酸鹽、日本特開平6-157623號公報、日本特開平6-175564號公報、日本特開平6-175561號公報中記載之有機硼鋶錯合物或有機硼氧代鋶錯合物、日本特開平6-175554號公報、日本特開平6-175553號公報中記載之有機硼錪錯合物、日本特開平9-188710號公報中記載之有機硼鏻錯合物、日本特開平6-348011號公報、日本特開平7-128785號公報、日本特開平7-140589號公報、日本特開平7-306527號公報、日本特開平7-292014號公報等的有機硼遷移金屬配位錯合物等,該等內容編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the organic borate compounds include Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-143044, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-150242, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-188685, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-188686, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-188710, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-131837, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-107916, Japanese Patent No. 2764769, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-116539, and Kunz, Martin "Rad Tech '98. Proceedings April Organic borates described in "Chicago" et al., 19-22, 1998, organic borate salts described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-157623, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-175564, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-175561, organic boron-zinc complexes or organic boron-oxygenated zirconium complexes described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-175554, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-175553, organic boron tinctures described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-175553 Complexes, organoboron phosphonium complexes described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-188710, organoboron-transfer metal coordination complexes described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-348011, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-128785, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-140589, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-306527, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-292014, etc., the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.
作為二碸化合物,可舉出日本特開昭61-166544號公報、日本特開2002-328465號公報等中記載之化合物及重氮二碸化合物。Examples of the disulfide compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-166544 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-328465, and diazodisulfide compounds.
作為上述鎓鹽化合物,例如,可舉出S.I.Schlesinger,Photogr.Sci.Eng.,18,387(1974)、T.S.Bal et al,Polymer,21,423(1980)中記載之重氮鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號說明書、日本特開平4-365049號公報等中記載之銨鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號、美國專利第4,069,056號的各說明書中記載之鏻鹽、歐洲專利第104,143號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第410,201號的各說明書、日本特開平2-150848號、日本特開平2-296514號公報中記載之錪鹽、歐洲專利第370,693號、歐洲專利第390,214號、歐洲專利第233,567號、歐洲專利第297,443號、歐洲專利第297,442號、美國專利第4,933,377號、美國專利第161,811號、美國專利第410,201號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第4,760,013號、美國專利第4,734,444號、美國專利第2,833,827號、德國專利第2,904,626號、德國專利第3,604,580號、德國專利第3,604,581號的各說明書中記載之鋶鹽、J.V.Crivello et al,Macromolecules,10(6),1307(1977)、J.V.Crivello et al,J.Polymer Sci.,Polymer Chem.Ed.,17,1047(1979)中記載之硒鹽、C.S.Wen et al,Teh,Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA,p478 Tokyo,Oct(1988)中記載之鉮鹽、吡啶鎓鹽等鎓鹽等,該等內容編入本說明書中。Examples of the above-mentioned onium salt compounds include S.I.Schlesinger, Photogr. Sci. Eng., 18, 387 (1974), T.S.Bal et al. Diazo salts described in al, Polymer, 21,423 (1980), ammonium salts described in U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 4-365049, etc., phosphonium salts described in U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055, U.S. Patent No. 4,069,056, European Patent No. 104,143, U.S. Patent No. 339,049, U.S. Patent No. 410,201, iodine salts described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2-150848, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2-296514, European Patent No. 370,693, European Patent No. 390 , 214, European Patent No. 233,567, European Patent No. 297,443, European Patent No. 297,442, U.S. Patent No. 4,933,377, U.S. Patent No. 161,811, U.S. Patent No. 410,201, U.S. Patent No. 339,049, U.S. Patent No. 4,760,013, U.S. Patent No. 4,734,444, U.S. Patent No. 2,833,827, German Patent No. 2,904,626, German Patent No. 3,604,580, German Patent No. 3,604,581, J.V. Crivello et al, Macromolecules, 10 (6), 1307 (1977), J.V. Crivello et al, J. Polymer Sci., Polymer Chem. Ed., 17, 1047 (1979), and onium salts such as arsenic salts and pyridinium salts described in C.S. Wen et al, Teh, Proc. Conf. Rad. Curing ASIA, p478 Tokyo, Oct (1988), are incorporated into this specification.
作為鎓鹽,可舉出由下述通式(RI-I)~(RI-III)表示之鎓鹽。 【化學式34】 在式(RI-I)中,Ar 11表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基,作為較佳取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數2~12的烯基、碳數2~12的炔基、碳數6~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數2~12的二烷基胺基、烷基的碳數為1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基的碳數為6~20的芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫烷基、碳數1~12的硫芳基。Z 11 -表示1價陰離子,鹵素離子、過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子、硫磺酸根離子、硫酸根離子,從穩定性方面考慮,過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子為較佳。在式(RI-II)中,Ar 21、Ar 22各自獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數1~20的芳基,作為較佳取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數2~12的烯基、碳數2~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的單烷基胺基、烷基的碳數分別獨立地為1~12的二烷基胺基、烷基的碳數為1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫烷基、碳數1~12的硫芳基。Z 21 -表示1價陰離子,鹵素離子、過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子、硫磺酸根離子、硫酸根離子,從穩定性、反應性方面考慮,過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子、羧酸根離子為較佳。在式(RI-III)中,R 31、R 32、R 33各自獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數6~20的芳基或烷基、烯基、炔基,從反應性、穩定性方面考慮,芳基為較佳。作為較佳取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數2~12的烯基、碳數2~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的單烷基胺基、烷基的碳數分別獨立地為1~12的二烷基胺基、烷基的碳數為1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫烷基、碳數1~12的硫芳基。Z 31 -表示1價陰離子,鹵素離子、過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子、硫磺酸根離子、硫酸根離子,從穩定性、反應性方面考慮,過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子、羧酸根離子為較佳。 Examples of onium salts include those represented by the following general formulas (RI-I) to (RI-III). [Chemical Formula 34] In formula (RI-I), Ar11 represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an arylamide group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfanyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 11 - represents a monovalent anion, such as a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion, a sulfursulfate ion, or a sulfate ion. In view of stability, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, and a sulfinate ion are preferred. In formula (RI-II), Ar 21 and Ar 22 each independently represent an aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a monoalkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in an alkyl group, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in an alkyl group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfanyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 21 - represents a monovalent anion, such as a halogen ion, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, sulfonate ion, sulfinate ion, sulfursulfate ion, or sulfate ion. From the perspectives of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, sulfonate ion, sulfinate ion, and carboxylate ion are preferred. In formula (RI-III), R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 each independently represent an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, which may have 1 to 6 substituents, or an alkyl group, alkenyl group, or alkynyl group. From the perspectives of reactivity and stability, an aryl group is preferred. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a monoalkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having an alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having an alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfanyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 31 - represents a monovalent anion, such as a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion, a sulfursulfate ion, or a sulfate ion. In view of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion, or a carboxylate ion is preferred.
作為較佳光酸產生劑的具體例,可舉出以下。 【化學式35】 【化學式36】 【化學式37】 【化學式38】 As specific examples of preferred photoacid generators, the following can be cited. [Chemical Formula 35] 【Chemical formula 36】 【Chemical formula 37】 【Chemical formula 38】
相對於第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,光酸產生劑使用0.1~20質量%為較佳,使用0.5~18質量%為更佳,使用0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳,使用0.5~3質量%為更進一步較佳,使用0.5~1.2質量%為再進一步較佳。 光酸產生劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用複數種。組合複數種時,該等的合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 又,為了對所需光源賦予感光性,同時使用增感劑亦較佳。 The photoacid generator is preferably used in an amount of 0.1-20 mass% relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition, more preferably 0.5-18 mass%, even more preferably 0.5-10 mass%, even more preferably 0.5-3 mass%, and even more preferably 0.5-1.2 mass%. The photoacid generator may be used singly or in combination. When using multiple types, the total amount is preferably within the above range. In addition, it is also preferred to use a sensitizer to impart sensitivity to the desired light source.
<鹼產生劑> 本發明的第1樹脂組成物可以包含鹼產生劑。在此,鹼產生劑係指能夠藉由物理作用或化學作用產生鹼之化合物。作為對本發明的第1樹脂組成物較佳之鹼產生劑,可舉出熱鹼產生劑及光鹼產生劑。 尤其,第1樹脂組成物包含環化樹脂的前驅物時,第1樹脂組成物包含鹼產生劑為較佳。藉由第1樹脂組成物含有熱鹼產生劑,例如能夠藉由加熱促進前驅物的環化反應,複合圖案的機械特性、耐藥品性變良好,例如作為半導體封裝體中包含之再配線層用層間絕緣膜的性能變良好。 作為鹼產生劑,可以為離子型鹼產生劑,亦可以為非離子型鹼產生劑。 作為從鹼產生劑產生之鹼,例如,可舉出二級胺、三級胺。 本發明之鹼產生劑並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知的鹼產生劑。作為公知的鹼產生劑,例如,能夠使用胺甲醯基肟化合物、胺甲醯基羥基胺化合物、胺甲酸化合物、甲醯胺化合物、乙醯胺化合物、胺基甲酸酯化合物、苄基胺基甲酸酯化合物、硝基苄基胺基甲酸酯化合物、磺醯胺化合物、咪唑衍生物化合物、胺醯亞胺化合物、吡啶衍生物化合物、α-胺基苯乙酮衍生物化合物、四級銨鹽衍生物化合物、吡啶鎓鹽、α-內酯環衍生物化合物、胺基醯亞胺化合物、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺衍生物化合物、醯氧基亞胺化合物等。 作為非離子型鹼產生劑的具體化合物,可舉出由式(B1)、式(B2)、或式(B3)表示之化合物。 【化學式39】 <Base Generator> The first resin composition of the present invention may contain a base generator. Here, a base generator refers to a compound capable of generating a base through physical or chemical action. Preferred base generators for the first resin composition of the present invention include thermal base generators and photobase generators. In particular, when the first resin composition contains a precursor of a cyclized resin, it is particularly preferred that the first resin composition contain a base generator. By including a thermal base generator in the first resin composition, for example, the cyclization reaction of the precursor can be promoted by heating, thereby improving the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the composite pattern. For example, the performance of the composite pattern as an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer included in a semiconductor package is improved. The base generator can be either ionic or non-ionic. Examples of bases generated from the base generator include diamines and tertiary amines. The base generator of the present invention is not particularly limited, and known base generators can be used. Examples of known base generators include aminoformyl oxime compounds, aminoformylhydroxylamine compounds, carbamic acid compounds, formamide compounds, acetamide compounds, carbamate compounds, benzylcarbamate compounds, nitrobenzylcarbamate compounds, sulfonamide compounds, imidazole derivative compounds, aminoimide compounds, pyridine derivative compounds, α-aminoacetophenone derivative compounds, quaternary ammonium salt derivative compounds, pyridinium salts, α-lactone ring derivative compounds, aminoimide compounds, o-xylylenediamine derivative compounds, and acyloxyimide compounds. Specific examples of non-ionic base generators include compounds represented by Formula (B1), Formula (B2), or Formula (B3). [Chemical Formula 39]
在式(B1)及式(B2)中,Rb 1、Rb 2及Rb 3分別獨立地為不具有三級胺結構之有機基團、鹵素原子或氫原子。其中,Rb 1及Rb 2不會同時成為氫原子。又,Rb 1、Rb 2及Rb 3均不具有羧基。此外,在本說明書中,三級胺結構係指3價氮原子的3個鍵結鍵均與烴系的碳原子進行共價鍵結之結構。因此,在所鍵結之碳原子係形成羰基之碳原子時,亦即在與氮原子一同形成醯胺基時,不限於此。 In Formulas (B1) and (B2), Rb1 , Rb2 , and Rb3 are each independently an organic group, a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom that does not have a tertiary amine structure. However, Rb1 and Rb2 cannot simultaneously be hydrogen atoms. Furthermore, Rb1 , Rb2 , and Rb3 do not have a carboxyl group. In this specification, a tertiary amine structure refers to a structure in which all three bonds of a trivalent nitrogen atom are covalently bonded to carbon atoms in a hydrocarbon system. Therefore, this is not limited to the case where the carbon atom to which the bond is formed forms a carbonyl group, that is, when it forms an amide group together with the nitrogen atom.
式(B1)、(B2)中,Rb 1、Rb 2及Rb 3中的至少1個包含環狀結構為較佳,至少2個包含環狀結構為更佳。作為環狀結構,可以為單環及縮合環中的任一種,單環或2個單環縮合的縮合環為較佳。單環係5員環或6員環為較佳,6員環為更佳。單環係環己烷環及苯環為較佳,環己烷環為更佳。 In formulas (B1) and (B2), at least one of Rb1 , Rb2 , and Rb3 preferably comprises a cyclic structure, and at least two of them more preferably comprise a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure may be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, with a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring of two monocyclic rings being preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, with a 6-membered ring being more preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, with a cyclohexane ring being more preferred.
更具體而言,Rb 1及Rb 2係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)或芳烷基(碳數7~25為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)為較佳。該等基團可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。Rb 1與Rb 2可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為所形成之環,4~7員的含氮雜環為較佳。尤其,Rb 1及Rb 2係可具有取代基之直鏈、支鏈或環狀烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為較佳,可具有取代基之環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為更佳,可具有取代基之環己基為進一步較佳。 More specifically, Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably having 1-24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3-12 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2-24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3-12 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6-22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6-10 carbon atoms), or aralkyl groups (preferably having 7-25 carbon atoms, more preferably 7-19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7-12 carbon atoms). These groups may have substituents within the scope of the present invention. Rb1 and Rb2 may bond to each other to form a ring. The formed ring is preferably a 4-7 membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring. In particular, Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups which may have a substituent (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), more preferably cycloalkyl groups which may have a substituent (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), and even more preferably cyclohexyl groups which may have a substituent.
作為Rb 3,可舉出烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基(碳數8~24為較佳,8~20為更佳,8~16為進一步較佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳氧基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)或芳烷氧基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)。其中,環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基、芳烷氧基為較佳。Rb 3可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內進一步具有取代基。 Examples of Rb 3 include alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), aralkyl groups (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), An aralkenyl group (preferably having 8-24 carbon atoms, more preferably 8-20, and even more preferably 8-16 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably having 1-24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3-12 carbon atoms), an aryloxy group (preferably having 6-22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6-12 carbon atoms), or an aralkyloxy group (preferably having 7-23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7-19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7-12 carbon atoms). Among these, cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3-24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3-12 carbon atoms), aralkenyl groups, and aralkyloxy groups are preferred. Rb3 may further have a substituent within the scope of achieving the effects of the present invention.
由式(B1)表示之化合物係由下述式(B1-1)或下述式(B1-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 【化學式40】 The compound represented by formula (B1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) or the following formula (B1-2). [Chemical Formula 40]
式中,Rb 11及Rb 12和Rb 31及Rb 32的含義分別與式(B1)中的Rb 1及Rb 2相同。 Rb 13係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。其中,Rb 13係芳烷基為較佳。 In the formula, Rb11 and Rb12 and Rb31 and Rb32 have the same meanings as Rb1 and Rb2 in formula (B1), respectively. Rb13 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), and may have a substituent within a range that allows the effects of the present invention to be exerted. Among them, Rb13 is preferably an aralkyl group.
Rb 33及Rb 34分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~8為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子為較佳。 Rb33 and Rb34 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably a hydrogen atom.
Rb 35係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),芳基為較佳。 Rb 35 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), preferably an aryl group.
由式(B1-1)表示之化合物係由式(B1-1a)表示之化合物亦較佳。 【化學式41】 The compound represented by formula (B1-1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (B1-1a). [Chemical Formula 41]
Rb 11及Rb 12的含義與式(B1-1)中Rb 11及Rb 12相同。 Rb 15及Rb 16係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子或甲基為較佳。 Rb 17係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),其中芳基為較佳。 Rb11 and Rb12 have the same meanings as Rb11 and Rb12 in formula (B1-1). Rb15 and Rb16 are hydrogen atom, alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably hydrogen atom or methyl group. Rb 17 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), among which an aryl group is preferred.
【化學式42】 【Chemical formula 42】
式(B3)中,L係在連結相鄰之氧原子與碳原子之連結鏈的路徑上具有飽和烴基之2價烴基,表示連結鏈的路徑上的原子數係3以上的烴基。又,R N1及R N2分別獨立地表示1價有機基團。 In formula (B3), L represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having a saturated hydrocarbon group along the linking chain connecting adjacent oxygen atoms and carbon atoms, and represents a hydrocarbon group having three or more atoms along the linking chain. Furthermore, RN1 and RN2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.
本說明書中,“連結鏈”係指在連接連結對象的2個原子或原子群之間的路徑上的原子鏈中,以最短(最小原子數)的距離連接該等連結對象者。例如,在由下述式表示之化合物中,L由伸苯基乙烯基構成,作為飽和烴基具有乙烯基,連結鏈由4個碳原子構成,連結鏈的路徑上的原子數(亦即,構成連結鏈之原子數,以下,亦稱為“連結鏈長”或“連結鏈的長度”。)係4。 【化學式43】 In this specification, "linking chain" refers to the chain of atoms on the path connecting two atoms or groups of atoms that connect the two connecting targets at the shortest distance (the smallest number of atoms). For example, in the compound represented by the following formula, L is composed of a phenylene vinyl group, which has a vinyl group as a saturated alkyl group, and the linking chain is composed of 4 carbon atoms. The number of atoms on the linking chain path (i.e., the number of atoms constituting the linking chain, hereinafter also referred to as "linking chain length" or "linking chain length") is 4. [Chemical Formula 43]
式(B3)的L中的碳數(亦包括除了連結鏈中的碳原子以外的碳原子)係3~24為較佳。上限係12以下為更佳,10以下為進一步較佳,8以下為特佳。下限係4以上為更佳。從使上述分子內環化反應迅速進行之觀點考慮,L的連結鏈長的上限係12以下為較佳,8以下為更佳,6以下為進一步較佳,5以下為特佳。尤其,L的連結鏈長係4或5為較佳,4為最佳。作為鹼產生劑的較佳化合物的具體例,例如,亦可舉出國際公開第2020/066416號的0102~0168段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2018/038002號的0143~0177段中記載之化合物。The number of carbon atoms in L in formula (B3) (including carbon atoms other than those in the linking chain) is preferably 3 to 24. The upper limit is more preferably 12 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is even more preferably 4 or greater. From the perspective of rapid progress of the intramolecular cyclization reaction, the upper limit of the linking chain length of L is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 8 or less, even more preferably 6 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. In particular, the linking chain length of L is preferably 4 or 5, with 4 being the most preferred. Specific examples of preferred compounds as base generators include, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0102 to 0168 of International Publication No. 2020/066416 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0143 to 0177 of International Publication No. 2018/038002.
又,鹼產生劑包含由下述式(N1)表示之化合物亦較佳。 【化學式44】 Furthermore, it is also preferred that the base generator comprises a compound represented by the following formula (N1). [Chemical Formula 44]
在式(N1)中,R N1及R N2分別獨立地表示1價有機基團,R C1表示氫原子或保護基,L表示2價連結基。 In formula (N1), R N1 and R N2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R C1 represents a hydrogen atom or a protecting group, and L represents a divalent linking group.
L係2價連結基,2價有機基團為較佳。連結基的連結鏈長係1以上為較佳,2以上為更佳。作為上限,12以下為較佳,8以下為更佳,5以下為進一步較佳。連結鏈長係指存在於在式中的2個羰基之間成為最短路徑之原子配列之原子數。L is a divalent linking group, preferably a divalent organic group. The linking group chain length is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more. The upper limit is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 5 or less. The chain length refers to the number of atoms in the atomic arrangement that forms the shortest path between the two carbonyl groups in the formula.
在式(N1)中,R N1及R N2分別獨立地表示1價有機基團(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳),烴基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳)為較佳,具體而言,能夠舉出脂肪族烴基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳)或芳香族烴基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳),脂肪族烴基為較佳。作為R N1及R N2,若使用脂肪族烴基,則所產生之鹼的鹼性高而較佳。此外,脂肪族烴基及芳香族烴基可以具有取代基,又,脂肪族烴基及芳香族烴基亦可以在脂肪族烴鏈中、芳香環中、取代基中具有氧原子。尤其,可例示脂肪族烴基在烴鏈中具有氧原子之態樣。 In formula (N1), RN1 and RN2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), preferably a alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), and specifically, an aliphatic alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an aromatic alkyl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms) can be mentioned, with the aliphatic alkyl group being preferred. When aliphatic alkyl groups are used as RN1 and RN2 , the resulting base has a high basicity and is preferred. Furthermore, aliphatic alkyl groups and aromatic alkyl groups may have substituents, and may have oxygen atoms in the aliphatic alkyl chain, in the aromatic ring, or in the substituent. In particular, embodiments in which the aliphatic alkyl group has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain are exemplified.
作為構成R N1及R N2之脂肪族烴基,可舉出直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀烷基、環狀烷基、相關於鏈狀烷基與環狀烷基的組合之基團、鏈中具有氧原子之烷基。直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀烷基的碳數係1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳。例如,直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀烷基可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一基、十二基、異丙基、異丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、異戊基、新戊基、三級戊基、異己基等。 環狀烷基的碳數係3~12為較佳,3~6為更佳。環狀烷基例如可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環辛基等。 關於鏈狀烷基與環狀烷基的組合之基團的碳數係4~24為較佳,4~18為更佳,4~12為進一步較佳。相關於鏈狀烷基與環狀烷基的組合之基團,例如可舉出環己基甲基、環己基乙基、環己基丙基、甲基環己基甲基、乙基環己基乙基等。 鏈中具有氧原子之烷基的碳數係2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~4為進一步較佳。鏈中具有氧原子之烷基可以為鏈狀或環狀,亦可以為直鏈或支鏈。 其中,從提高後述分解生成鹼的沸點的觀點考慮,R N1及R N2係碳數5~12的烷基為較佳。然而,在重視積層金屬(例如銅)層時的密接性之配方中,具有環狀烷基之基團、碳數1~8的烷基為較佳。 Examples of the aliphatic alkyl group constituting RN1 and RN2 include linear or branched chain alkyl groups, cyclic alkyl groups, groups related to combinations of linear and cyclic alkyl groups, and alkyl groups having an oxygen atom in the chain. The linear or branched chain alkyl group preferably has 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12. For example, linear or branched chain alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, dibutyl, tertiary butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tertiary pentyl, and isohexyl. The carbon number of the cyclic alkyl group is preferably 3 to 12, and more preferably 3 to 6. Examples of cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. The carbon number of the group in the combination of a chain alkyl group and a cyclic alkyl group is preferably 4 to 24, more preferably 4 to 18, and even more preferably 4 to 12. Examples of the group in the combination of a chain alkyl group and a cyclic alkyl group include cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cyclohexylpropyl, methylcyclohexylmethyl, and ethylcyclohexylethyl. The carbon number of the alkyl group having an oxygen atom in the chain is preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, and even more preferably 2 to 4. The alkyl group containing an oxygen atom in the chain can be chain or cyclic, and can be linear or branched. From the perspective of increasing the boiling point of the base generated by decomposition described later, RN1 and RN2 are preferably alkyl groups with 5 to 12 carbon atoms. However, in formulations where adhesion to metal layers (e.g., copper) is important, groups containing cyclic alkyl groups and alkyl groups with 1 to 8 carbon atoms are preferred.
R N1及R N2可以彼此連結而形成環狀結構。形成環狀結構時,可以在鏈中具有氧原子等。又,R N1及R N2所形成之環狀結構可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環,但單環為較佳。作為所形成之環狀結構,含有式(N1)中的氮原子之5員環或6員環為較佳,例如可舉出吡咯環、咪唑環、吡唑環、吡咯啉環、吡咯啶環、咪唑啶環、吡唑啶環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環等,可較佳地舉出吡咯啉環、吡咯啶環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環。 RN1 and RN2 may be linked to form a ring structure. When forming a ring structure, an oxygen atom or the like may be present in the ring. The ring structure formed by RN1 and RN2 may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, but a monocyclic ring is preferred. As the cyclic structure formed, a 5-membered or 6-membered ring containing the nitrogen atom in formula (N1) is preferred, and examples thereof include a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyrroline ring, a pyrrolidinyl ring, an imidazolidinyl ring, a pyrazolidinyl ring, a piperidine ring, a piperonyl ring, and a quinolinyl ring. Preferred examples include a pyrroline ring, a pyrrolidinyl ring, a piperidine ring, a piperonyl ring, and a quinolinyl ring.
R C1表示氫原子或保護基,氫原子為較佳。 R C1 represents a hydrogen atom or a protecting group, preferably a hydrogen atom.
作為保護基,藉由酸或鹼的作用而分解之保護基為較佳,可較佳地舉出藉由酸而分解之保護基。As the protecting group, a protecting group that is decomposed by the action of an acid or a base is preferred, and a protecting group that is decomposed by an acid can be preferably exemplified.
作為保護基的具體例,可舉出鏈狀或環狀烷基或鏈中具有氧原子之鏈狀或環狀烷基。作為鏈狀或環狀烷基,可舉出甲基、乙基、異丙基、三級丁基、環己基等。作為鏈中具有氧原子之鏈狀的烷基,具體而言,可舉出烷氧基烷基,更具體而言,可舉出甲氧基甲基(MOM)、乙氧基乙基(EE)等。作為鏈中具有氧原子之環狀烷基,可舉出環氧基、環氧丙基、氧雜環丁基、四氫呋喃基、四氫哌喃(THP)基等。Specific examples of protecting groups include chain or cyclic alkyl groups or chain or cyclic alkyl groups containing an oxygen atom in the chain. Examples of chain or cyclic alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tertiary butyl, and cyclohexyl groups. Examples of chain alkyl groups containing an oxygen atom in the chain include alkoxyalkyl groups, more specifically methoxymethyl (MOM) and ethoxyethyl (EE). Examples of cyclic alkyl groups containing an oxygen atom in the chain include epoxy, epoxypropyl, cyclobutyl, tetrahydrofuryl, and tetrahydropyranyl (THP).
作為構成L之2價連結基,並沒有特別限定,烴基為較佳,脂肪族烴基為更佳。烴基可以具有取代基,又,亦可以在烴鏈中具有除碳原子以外的種類的原子。更具體而言,可以在鏈中具有氧原子之2價烴連結基為較佳,可以在鏈中具有氧原子之2價脂肪族烴基、2價芳香族烴基、或關於可以在鏈中具有氧原子之2價脂肪族烴基與2價芳香族烴基的組合之基團為更佳,可以在鏈中具有氧原子之2價脂肪族烴基為進一步較佳。該等基團不具有氧原子為較佳。 2價烴連結基的碳數係1~24為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。2價脂肪族烴基的碳數係1~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~4為進一步較佳。2價芳香族烴基的碳數係6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。關於2價脂肪族烴基與2價芳香族烴基的組合之基團(例如,伸芳基烷基)的碳數係7~22為較佳,7~18為更佳,7~10為進一步較佳。 The divalent linking group constituting L is not particularly limited, but a alkyl group is preferred, and an aliphatic alkyl group is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent and may have atoms other than carbon atoms in the alkyl chain. More specifically, a divalent alkyl linking group that may have an oxygen atom in the chain is preferred, a divalent aliphatic alkyl group that may have an oxygen atom in the chain, a divalent aromatic alkyl group, or a combination of a divalent aliphatic alkyl group that may have an oxygen atom in the chain and a divalent aromatic alkyl group that may have an oxygen atom in the chain is more preferred, and a divalent aliphatic alkyl group that may have an oxygen atom in the chain is even more preferred. These groups preferably do not have an oxygen atom. The carbon number of the divalent alkyl linking group is preferably 1-24, more preferably 2-12, and even more preferably 2-6. The carbon number of the divalent aliphatic alkyl group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 2-6, and even more preferably 2-4. The carbon number of the divalent aromatic alkyl group is preferably 6-22, more preferably 6-18, and even more preferably 6-10. The carbon number of the group comprising a combination of a divalent aliphatic alkyl group and a divalent aromatic alkyl group (e.g., an arylene alkyl group) is preferably 7-22, more preferably 7-18, and even more preferably 7-10.
作為連結基L,具體而言,直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀伸烷基、環狀伸烷基、關於鏈狀伸烷基與環狀伸烷基的組合之基團、鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基、直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀伸烯基、環狀伸烯基、伸芳基、伸芳基伸烷基為較佳。 直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀伸烷基的碳數係1~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~4為進一步較佳。 環狀伸烷基的碳數係3~12為較佳,3~6為更佳。 關於鏈狀伸烷基與環狀伸烷基的組合之基團的碳數係4~24為較佳,4~12為更佳,4~6為進一步較佳。 鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基可以為鏈狀或環狀,亦可以為直鏈或支鏈。鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基的碳數係1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。 Specifically, preferred linking groups include linear or branched chain alkylene groups, cyclic alkylene groups, combinations of chain and cyclic alkylene groups, alkylene groups containing an oxygen atom in the chain, linear or branched chain alkenylene groups, cyclic alkenylene groups, arylene groups, and arylene alkylene groups. Preferably, the linear or branched chain alkylene group has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6, and even more preferably 2 to 4. Preferably, the cyclic alkylene group has 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 6. The carbon number of the group in the combination of a chain alkylene group and a cyclic alkylene group is preferably 4-24, more preferably 4-12, and even more preferably 4-6. Alkylene groups containing oxygen atoms in the chain may be chain or cyclic, and may be straight or branched. Alkylene groups containing oxygen atoms in the chain preferably have 1-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1-6, and even more preferably 1-3 carbon atoms.
直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀伸烯基的碳數係2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳。直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀伸烯基的C=C鍵數係1~10為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。 環狀伸烯基的碳數係3~12為較佳,3~6為更佳。環狀伸烯基的C=C鍵數係1~6為較佳,1~4為更佳,1~2為進一步較佳。 伸芳基的碳數係6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。 伸芳基伸烷基的碳數係7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳。 其中,鏈狀伸烷基、環狀伸烷基、鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基、鏈狀伸烯基、伸芳基、伸芳基伸烷基為較佳,1,2-乙烯基、丙烷二基(尤其1,3-丙烷二基)、環己烷二基(尤其1,2-環己烷二基)、伸乙烯基(尤其順式伸乙烯基)、伸苯基(1,2-伸苯基)、伸苯基亞甲基(尤其1,2-伸苯基亞甲基)、乙烯氧基乙烯基(尤其1,2-乙烯氧基-1,2-乙烯基)為更佳。 The number of carbon atoms in a linear or branched alkenylene group is preferably 2-12, more preferably 2-6, and even more preferably 2-3. The number of carbon atoms in a linear or branched alkenylene group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-6, and even more preferably 1-3. The number of carbon atoms in a cyclic alkenylene group is preferably 3-12, more preferably 3-6. The number of carbon atoms in a cyclic alkenylene group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-4, and even more preferably 1-2. The number of carbon atoms in an arylene group is preferably 6-22, more preferably 6-18, and even more preferably 6-10. The carbon number of the arylene and alkylene groups is preferably 7 to 23, more preferably 7 to 19, and even more preferably 7 to 11. Preferred among these are chain alkylene groups, cyclic alkylene groups, alkylene groups having an oxygen atom in the chain, chain alkenylene groups, arylene groups, and arylene alkylene groups. More preferred are 1,2-vinyl groups, propanediyl groups (especially 1,3-propanediyl), cyclohexanediyl groups (especially 1,2-cyclohexanediyl), vinylene groups (especially cis-vinylene groups), phenylene groups (1,2-phenylene groups), phenylenemethylene groups (especially 1,2-phenylenemethylene groups), and vinyloxyvinyl groups (especially 1,2-vinyloxy-1,2-vinyl groups).
作為鹼產生劑,可舉出下述例子,但本發明並不應用此作限定性解釋。The following examples can be cited as alkali generators, but the present invention should not be construed as being limitative thereof.
【化學式45】 【Chemical formula 45】
非離子型鹼產生劑的分子量係800以下為較佳,600以下為更佳,500以下為進一步較佳。作為下限,100以上為較佳,200以上為更佳,300以上為進一步較佳。The molecular weight of the non-ionic base generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and even more preferably 500 or less. As a lower limit, it is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 300 or more.
作為離子型鹼產生劑的較佳化合物的具體例,例如,亦可舉出國際公開第2018/038002號的0148~0163段中記載之化合物。Specific examples of preferred compounds as ionic base generators include, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0148 to 0163 of International Publication No. 2018/038002.
作為銨鹽的具體例,能夠舉出以下化合物,但本發明並不限定於此。 【化學式46】 As specific examples of ammonium salts, the following compounds can be cited, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 46]
作為亞胺鹽的具體例,能夠舉出以下化合物,但本發明並不限定於此。 【化學式47】 As specific examples of imine salts, the following compounds can be cited, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 47]
本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含鹼產生劑時,相對於本發明的第1樹脂組成物中的樹脂100質量份,鹼產生劑的含量係0.1~50質量份為較佳。下限係0.3質量份以上為更佳,0.5質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限係30質量份以下為更佳,20質量份以下為進一步較佳,10質量份以下為更進一步較佳,可以為5質量份以下,亦可以為4質量份以下。 鹼產生劑能夠使用1種或2種以上。使用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the first resin composition of the present invention contains a base generator, the content of the base generator is preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin in the first resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is preferably 0.3 parts by mass or greater, and even more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or greater. The upper limit is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less. The amount may be 5 parts by mass or less, or even 4 parts by mass or less. One or more base generators may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<溶劑> 本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含溶劑為較佳。 溶劑能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。溶劑較佳為有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可舉出酯類、醚類、酮類、環狀烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類、脲類、醇類等化合物。 <Solvent> The first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Any known solvent can be used as the solvent. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfones, amides, ureas, and alcohols.
作為酯類,例如可舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、庚酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等作為較佳者。Examples of the esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate), etc. esters, etc.)), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionates (for example, methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc. are preferred.
作為醚類,例如,可舉出乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、二乙二醇丁基甲醚、三乙二醇二甲醚、四乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇二甲醚等作為較佳者。Preferred examples of the ethers include ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiocyanate acetate, ethyl thiocyanate acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether.
作為酮類,例如,可舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡萄糖酮(levoglucosenone)、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮等作為較佳者。Preferred examples of ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosenone, and dihydrolevoglucosenone.
作為環狀烴類,例如,可舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類作為較佳者。Preferred examples of the cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene.
作為亞碸類,例如可舉出二甲基亞碸作為較佳者。As the sulfoxides, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide can be preferably mentioned.
作為醯胺類,可舉出N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-環己基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、N-甲醯基口末啉、N-乙醯基口末啉等作為較佳者。Preferred amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyramide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N-formyl isocyanate, and N-acetyl isocyanate.
作為脲類,可舉出N,N,N’,N’-四甲基脲、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等作為較佳者。Preferred ureas include N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone.
作為醇類,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、聚乙二醇單甲醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單苄醚、乙二醇單苯醚、甲基苯甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及二丙酮醇等。Examples of the alcohols include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylbenzyl alcohol, n-pentanol, methylpentanol, and diacetone alcohol.
關於溶劑,從改善塗佈面性狀等觀點考慮,混合2種以上之形態亦較佳。Regarding solvents, mixing two or more solvents is preferred from the perspective of improving the coating surface properties.
本發明中,選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙二醇甲醚、丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、左旋葡萄糖酮及二氫左旋葡萄糖酮中之1種溶劑或由2種以上構成之混合溶劑為較佳。同時使用二甲基亞碸和γ-丁內酯或同時使用N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮和乳酸乙酯為特佳。In the present invention, one solvent selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl celulose acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, levulinone, and dihydrolevulinone, or a mixed solvent consisting of two or more of these is preferred. The simultaneous use of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone or the simultaneous use of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate is particularly preferred.
關於溶劑的含量,從塗佈性的觀點考慮,設為本發明的第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,設為該總固體成分濃度成為5~75質量%之量為更佳,設為該總固體成分濃度成為10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為該總固體成分濃度成為20~70質量%為更進一步較佳。溶劑含量根據塗膜所需的厚度和塗佈方法調整即可。From the perspective of coating properties, the solvent content is preferably such that the total solids concentration of the first resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80 mass%, more preferably 5 to 75 mass%, even more preferably 10 to 70 mass%, and even more preferably 20 to 70 mass%. The solvent content can be adjusted based on the desired coating thickness and coating method.
本發明的第1樹脂組成物可以僅含有1種溶劑,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上溶劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The first resin composition of the present invention may contain only one solvent or two or more. When containing two or more solvents, it is preferred that the total amount of the solvents be within the above range.
<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含用於提高與使用於電極或配線等之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可舉出具有烷氧基矽基之矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β酮酸酯化合物、胺基化合物等。 <Metal Adhesion Improver> The first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes, wiring, etc. Examples of metal adhesion improvers include silane coupling agents having alkoxysilyl groups, aluminum-based adhesion promoters, titanium-based adhesion promoters, compounds having sulfonamide structures, compounds having thiourea structures, phosphoric acid derivatives, β-ketoester compounds, and amino compounds.
〔矽烷偶合劑〕 作為矽烷偶合劑,例如,可舉出國際公開第2015/199219號0167段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191002號公報0062~0073段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2011/080992號0063~0071段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191252號公報0060~0061段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-041264號公報0045~0052段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2014/097594號0055段中記載之化合物、日本特開2018-173573的0067~0078段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中記載,使用不同的2種以上的矽烷偶合劑亦較佳。又,矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦較佳。以下式中,Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基。 [Silane coupling agent] Examples of silane coupling agents include the compounds described in paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-191002, the compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of International Publication No. 2011/080992, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0065 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-191252. The compounds described in paragraphs 0060-0061 of the publication, the compounds described in paragraphs 0045-0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-041264, the compounds described in paragraph 0055 of International Publication No. 2014/097594, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0067-0078 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-173573 are incorporated into this specification. Furthermore, as described in paragraphs 0050-0058 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-128358, it is also preferred to use two or more different silane coupling agents. Furthermore, the following compounds are also preferred as silane coupling agents. In the following formula, Me represents a methyl group and Et represents an ethyl group.
【化學式48】 【Chemical formula 48】
作為其他矽烷偶合劑,例如,可舉出乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基矽基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽基丙基琥珀酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。As other silane coupling agents, for example, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, p-phenylenediaminetrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyl Oxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethylbutylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)isocyanurate, 3-ureidopropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-butylenepropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-butylenepropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔鋁系接著助劑〕 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如,能夠舉出三(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙酯二異丙酯鋁等。 [Aluminum-based bonding agents] Examples of aluminum-based bonding agents include tris(ethyl acetylacetate)aluminum, tris(acetylacetone)aluminum, and diisopropyl acetylacetate aluminum.
又,作為其他金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中記載之硫醚系化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。Furthermore, as other metal adhesion improvers, the compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-186186 and the sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-072935 can also be used, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.
相對於100質量份的樹脂A,金屬接著性改良劑的含量較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為在0.01~10質量份的範圍內,進一步較佳為在0.5~5質量份的範圍內。藉由設為上述下限值以上,圖案與金屬層的接著性變良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,圖案的耐熱性、機械特性變良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。使用2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of resin A. By setting the content above the lower limit, the adhesion between the pattern and the metal layer is improved. By setting the content below the upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern are improved. The metal adhesion improver may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using two or more, the total content is preferably within the above range.
<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的第1樹脂組成物可以進一步包含遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由包含遷移抑制劑,能夠有效地抑制來自於金屬層(金屬配線)之金屬離子轉移到膜內。 <Migration Inhibitor> The first resin composition of the present invention preferably further comprises a migration inhibitor. The inclusion of a migration inhibitor effectively inhibits the migration of metal ions from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the film.
作為遷移抑制劑,並沒有特別限制,可舉出具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異噁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、2H-哌喃環及6H-哌喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及氫硫基之化合物、受阻酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,能夠較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、3,5-二胺基-1,2,4-三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑、5-胺基-1H-四唑等四唑系化合物。Migration inhibitors are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having heterocyclic rings (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, phenoxyethanol ring, 2H-pyranyl ring, 6H-pyranyl ring, triazole ring), compounds having thiourea and thiohydrin groups, hindered phenol compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, and hydrazide derivative compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole, benzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, and 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole; and tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyltetrazole, and 5-amino-1H-tetrazole can be preferably used.
或者,亦能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。Alternatively, an ion scavenger that captures anions such as halogen ions can be used.
作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中記載之防鏽劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中記載之化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114、0116段及0118段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中記載之化合物等,該等內容編入本說明書中。Other migration inhibitors that can be used include the rust preventive described in paragraph 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-015701, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-283711, the compound described in paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-059656, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116, and 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-194520, and the compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219. These contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,能夠舉出下述化合物。Specific examples of migration inhibitors include the following compounds.
【化學式49】 【Chemical formula 49】
本發明的第1樹脂組成物具有遷移抑制劑時,相對於本發明的第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,遷移抑制劑的含量係0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the first resin composition of the present invention contains a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass %, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mass %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mass %, relative to the total solid content of the first resin composition of the present invention.
遷移抑制劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。遷移抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The number of migration inhibitors may be one or more. When two or more migration inhibitors are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的第1樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。作為聚合抑制劑,可舉出酚系化合物、醌系化合物、胺基系化合物、N-氧自由基化合物系化合物、硝基系化合物、亞硝基系化合物、雜芳香環系化合物、金屬化合物等。 <Polymerization Inhibitor> The first resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include phenolic compounds, quinone compounds, amino compounds, N-oxyl radical compounds, nitro compounds, nitroso compounds, heteroaromatic ring compounds, and metal compounds.
作為聚合抑制劑的具體化合物,可較佳地使用對氫醌、鄰氫醌、甲氧基氫醌、鄰甲氧基苯酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-三級丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、對三級丁基兒茶酚、1,4-苯醌、二苯基-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺基第一鈰鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺基鋁鹽、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘胺、乙二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己二胺四乙酸、乙二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N- 磺丙胺基)苯酚、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘)羥基胺基銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-三級丁基)苯基甲烷、1,3,5-三(4-三級丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、4‐羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、啡噻𠯤、啡噁𠯤、1,1-二苯基-2-苦肼基、二丁基二硫碳酸酯銅(II)、硝基苯、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺銨鹽、TAOBN(1,4,4-三甲基-2,3-二吖雙環[3.2.2]-壬-2-烯-N,N-二氧化物)等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中記載之聚合抑制劑及國際公開第2015/125469號0031~0046段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。As specific compounds of the polymerization inhibitor, preferably used are p-hydroquinone, o-hydroquinone, methoxyhydroquinone, o-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, gallol, p-tert-butylcatechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso Phenylhydroxylamine first onium salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-(N-ethyl-N- Sulfurpropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl)phenylmethane, 1,3,5-tris(4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-tris(2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl 1-oxyl free radical, 2,2 ,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl 1-oxyl free radical, phenathiophene, phenoxathiophene, 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl, dibutyl dithiocarbonate copper (II), nitrobenzene, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, TAOBN (1,4,4-trimethyl-2,3-diazabicyclo[3.2.2]-non-2-ene-N,N-dioxide), etc. In addition, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.
本發明的第1樹脂組成物具有聚合抑制劑時,相對於本發明的第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,聚合抑制劑的含量係0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.02~15質量%為更佳,0.05~10質量%為進一步較佳。When the first resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.02 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.05 to 10 mass %, relative to the total solid content of the first resin composition of the present invention.
聚合抑制劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。聚合抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination. When two or more polymerization inhibitors are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<酸捕捉劑> 在從曝光至加熱為止,本發明的第1樹脂組成物的性能會隨時間的經過降低,因此含有酸捕捉劑為較佳。在此,酸捕捉劑係指藉由在體系中存在而能夠捕捉所產生的酸之化合物,酸度低且pKa高的化合物為較佳。作為酸捕捉劑,具有胺基之化合物為較佳,一級胺、二級胺、三級胺、銨鹽、三級醯胺等為較佳,一級胺、二級胺、三級胺、銨鹽為較佳,二級胺、三級胺、銨鹽為更佳。 作為酸捕捉劑,能夠較佳地舉出具有咪唑結構、二吖雙環結構、鎓結構、三級烷基胺結構、苯胺結構或吡啶結構之化合物、具有羥基和/或醚鍵之烷基胺衍生物、具有羥基和/或醚鍵之苯胺衍生物等。具有鎓結構時,酸捕捉劑係選自銨、重氮、錪、鋶、鏻、吡啶鎓等中之陽離子和酸度比由酸產生劑產生之酸低的酸的陰離子之鹽為較佳。 <Acid Scavenger> The performance of the first resin composition of the present invention degrades over time from exposure to heating, so it is preferable to contain an acid scavenger. Here, an acid scavenger refers to a compound capable of scavenging generated acid by its presence in the system. Compounds with low acidity and high pKa are preferred. Preferred acid scavengers include compounds having an amine group, with primary amines, diamines, tertiary amines, ammonium salts, and tertiary amides being preferred. Primary amines, diamines, tertiary amines, and ammonium salts are preferred, with diamines, tertiary amines, and ammonium salts being even more preferred. Preferred examples of acid scavengers include compounds having an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclic structure, an onium structure, a tertiary alkylamine structure, an aniline structure, or a pyridine structure, alkylamine derivatives having hydroxyl and/or ether bonds, and aniline derivatives having hydroxyl and/or ether bonds. When having an onium structure, the acid scavenger is preferably a salt selected from cations selected from ammonium, diazo, iodonium, coronium, phosphonium, pyridinium, and the like, and an anion of an acid having a lower acidity than the acid generated by the acid generator.
作為具有咪唑結構之酸捕捉劑,可舉出咪唑、2,4,5-三苯基咪唑、苯并咪唑、2-苯基苯并咪唑等。作為具有二吖雙環結構之酸捕捉劑,可舉出1,4-二吖雙環[2,2,2]辛烷、1,5-二吖雙環[4,3,0]壬-5-烯、1,8-二吖雙環[5,4,0]十一-7-烯等。作為具有鎓結構之酸捕捉劑,可舉出氫氧化四丁基胺、氫氧化三芳基鋶、氫氧化苯甲醯甲基鋶、具有2-氧代烷基之氫氧化鋶、具體而言,氫氧化三苯基鋶、氫氧化三(三級丁基苯基)鋶、氫氧化雙(三級丁基苯基)錪、氫氧化苯甲醯甲基噻吩鎓、氫氧化2-氧代丙基噻吩鎓等。作為具有三級烷基胺結構之酸捕捉劑,能夠舉出三(正丁基)胺、三(正辛基)胺等。作為具有苯胺結構之酸捕捉劑,能夠舉出2,6-二異丙基苯胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二丁基苯胺、N,N-二己基苯胺等。作為具有吡啶結構之酸捕捉劑,能夠舉出吡啶、4-甲基吡啶等。作為具有羥基和/或醚鍵之烷基胺衍生物,能夠舉出乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、三(甲氧基乙氧基乙基)胺等。作為具有羥基和/或醚鍵之苯胺衍生物,能夠舉出N,N-雙(羥基乙基)苯胺等。Examples of acid scavengers having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, benzimidazole, and 2-phenylbenzimidazole. Examples of acid scavengers having a diazabicyclo structure include 1,4-diazabicyclo[2,2,2]octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4,3,0]non-5-ene, and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene. Examples of acid scavengers having an onium structure include tetrabutylamine hydroxide, triarylcosium hydroxide, benzylmethylcosium hydroxide, and cosium hydroxides having a 2-oxoalkyl group, specifically triphenylcosium hydroxide, tri(tertiarybutylphenyl)cosium hydroxide, bis(tertiarybutylphenyl)iodonium hydroxide, benzylmethylthiophenium hydroxide, and 2-oxopropylthiophenium hydroxide. Examples of acid scavengers having a tertiary alkylamine structure include tri(n-butyl)amine and tri(n-octyl)amine. Examples of acid scavengers with an aniline structure include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-dibutylaniline, and N,N-dihexylaniline. Examples of acid scavengers with a pyridine structure include pyridine and 4-methylpyridine. Examples of alkylamine derivatives with hydroxyl and/or ether bonds include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, and tris(methoxyethoxyethyl)amine. Examples of aniline derivatives with hydroxyl and/or ether bonds include N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)aniline.
作為較佳酸捕捉劑的具體例,可舉出乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、乙胺、二乙胺、三乙胺、己胺、十二胺、環己胺、環己基甲胺、環己基二甲胺、苯胺、N-甲基苯胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、二苯胺、吡啶、丁胺、異丁胺、二丁基胺、三丁胺、二環己胺、DBU(二吖雙環十一碳烯)、DABCO(1,4-二吖雙環[2.2.2]辛烷)、N,N-二異丙基乙胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、乙二胺、1,5-二胺基戊烷、N-甲基己胺、N-甲基二環己胺、三辛胺、N-乙基乙二胺、N,N-二乙基乙二胺、N,N,N’,N’-四丁基-1,6-己二胺、精三胺、二胺基環己基、雙(2-甲氧基乙基)胺、哌啶、甲基哌啶、哌𠯤、莨菪烷(tropane)、N-苯基苄胺、1,2-二苯胺乙烷、2-胺基乙醇、甲苯胺、胺基苯酚、己基苯胺、伸苯基二胺、苯基乙胺、二苄胺、吡咯、N-甲基吡咯、胍、胺基吡咯啶、吡唑、吡唑啉、胺基口末啉、胺基烷基口末啉等。Specific examples of preferred acid scavengers include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, hexylamine, dodecylamine, cyclohexylamine, cyclohexylmethylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, aniline, N-methylaniline, N,N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine, pyridine, butylamine, isobutylamine, dibutylamine, tributylamine, dicyclohexylamine, DBU (diazabiscycloundecene), DABCO (1,4-diazabiscyclo[2.2.2]octane), N,N-diisopropylethylamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, ethylenediamine, 1,5-diaminopentane, N-methylhexylamine, N -Methyldicyclohexylamine, trioctylamine, N-ethylethylenediamine, N,N-diethylethylenediamine, N,N,N',N'-tetrabutyl-1,6-hexanediamine, quinone triamine, diaminocyclohexyl, bis(2-methoxyethyl)amine, piperidine, methylpiperidine, piperidine, tropane, N-phenylbenzylamine, 1,2-diphenylamineethane, 2-aminoethanol, toluidine, aminophenol, hexylaniline, phenylenediamine, phenylethylamine, dibenzylamine, pyrrole, N-methylpyrrole, guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, amino-amino-piperidin, aminoalkyl-amino-piperidin, etc.
該等酸捕捉劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明之組成物可以含有酸捕捉劑,亦可以不含有酸捕捉劑,但在含有時,以組成物的總固體成分為基準,酸捕捉劑的含量通常為0.001~10質量%,較佳為0.01~5質量%。 These acid scavengers may be used singly or in combination. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain an acid scavenger. However, when present, the acid scavenger content is generally 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, based on the total solids content of the composition.
酸發生劑與酸捕捉劑的使用比例係酸發生劑/酸捕捉劑(莫耳比)=2.5~300為較佳。亦即,從靈敏度、解析度方面考慮,莫耳比係2.5以上為較佳,從抑制如下問題方面考慮,300以下為較佳:到曝光後加熱處理為止,浮雕圖案會隨著時間的經過變粗,由此會導致解析度下降。酸發生劑/酸捕捉劑(莫耳比)更佳為5.0~200,進一步較佳為7.0~150。The preferred ratio of acid generator to acid scavenger is 2.5 to 300 (molar ratio). Specifically, a molar ratio of 2.5 or higher is preferred for sensitivity and resolution, while a ratio of 300 or lower is preferred to prevent the problem of coarsening the relief pattern over time during post-exposure heat treatment, which can lead to a decrease in resolution. The molar ratio of acid generator to acid scavenger is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and even more preferably 7.0 to 150.
<其他添加劑> 本發明的第1樹脂組成物能夠根據需要在獲得本發明的效果之範圍內摻合各種添加物,例如,界面活性劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、熱聚合起始劑、無機粒子、紫外線吸收劑、有機鈦化合物、抗氧化劑、抗凝聚劑、酚系化合物、其他高分子化合物、可塑劑及其他助劑類(例如,消泡劑、阻燃劑等)等。藉由適當地含有該等成分,能夠調節膜物性等性質。關於該等成分,例如,能夠參考日本特開2012-003225號公報的0183段以後(對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的0237段)的記載、日本特開2008-250074號公報的0101~0104、0107~0109段等的記載,該等內容編入本說明書中。摻合該等添加劑時,將其合計摻合量設為本發明的第1樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。 <Other Additives> The first resin composition of the present invention may be blended with various additives as needed, within the scope of achieving the effects of the present invention. These additives include surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, thermal polymerization initiators, inorganic particles, UV absorbers, organic titanium compounds, antioxidants, anti-agglomeration agents, phenolic compounds, other polymer compounds, plasticizers, and other additives (e.g., defoaming agents, flame retardants, etc.). By appropriately incorporating these ingredients, the film's physical properties can be adjusted. For information on these ingredients, see, for example, paragraphs 0183 and thereafter of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-003225 (paragraph 0237 of the corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812) and paragraphs 0101-0104 and 0107-0109 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-250074, the contents of which are incorporated herein. When these additives are blended, their combined blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the first resin composition of the present invention.
〔界面活性劑〕 作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、聚矽氧系界面活性劑、烴系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。界面活性劑可以為非離子型界面活性劑,可以為陽離子型界面活性劑,亦可以為陰離子型界面活性劑。 [Surfactant] A variety of surfactants can be used, including fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, hydrocarbon-based surfactants, and others. Surfactants can be nonionic, cationic, or anionic.
藉由在本發明的第1樹脂組成物中含有界面活性劑,能夠進一步提高製成塗佈液時的液體特性(尤其流動性),進一步改善塗佈厚度的均勻性、省液性。亦即,利用適用了含有界面活性劑之組成物形成膜時,被塗佈面與塗佈液之間的界面張力下降,藉此改善對被塗佈面的潤濕性,並提高對被塗佈面的塗佈性。因此,能夠進一步較佳地形成厚度不均少的均勻厚度的膜。By including a surfactant in the first resin composition of the present invention, the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) of the resulting coating liquid can be further enhanced, further improving coating thickness uniformity and liquid conservation. Specifically, when a film is formed using a composition containing a surfactant, the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid is reduced, thereby improving wettability and coating properties. Consequently, a film with uniform thickness and minimal thickness variations can be formed.
作為氟系界面活性劑,例如,可舉出MEGAFACE F171、MEGAFACE F172、MEGAFACE F173、MEGAFACE F176、MEGAFACE F177、MEGAFACE F141、MEGAFACE F142、MEGAFACE F143、MEGAFACE F144、MEGAFACE R30、MEGAFACE F437、MEGAFACE F475、MEGAFACE F479、MEGAFACE F482、MEGAFACE F554、MEGAFACE F780、RS-72-K(以上為DIC Corporation製)、Fluorad FC430、Fluorad FC431、Fluorad FC171、Novec FC4430、Novec FC4432(以上為3M Japan Limited製)、Surflon S-382、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-103、Surflon SC-104、Surflon SC-105、Surflon SC1068、Surflon SC-381、Surflon SC-383、Surflon S393、Surflon KH-40(以上為ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製)等。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的0015~0158段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-132503號公報0117~0132段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用嵌段聚合物,作為具體例,例如可舉出日本特開2011-89090號公報中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物(包含來自於具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元和來自於具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)的伸烷氧基(較佳為乙烯氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元),亦可以例示下述化合物作為在本發明中使用之氟系界面活性劑。 【化學式50】 Examples of fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE F171, MEGAFACE F172, MEGAFACE F173, MEGAFACE F176, MEGAFACE F177, MEGAFACE F141, MEGAFACE F142, MEGAFACE F143, MEGAFACE F144, MEGAFACE R30, MEGAFACE F437, MEGAFACE F475, MEGAFACE F479, MEGAFACE F482, MEGAFACE F554, MEGAFACE F780, RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation), Fluorad FC430, Fluorad FC431, Fluorad FC171, Novec FC4430, Novec FC4432 (all manufactured by 3M Japan Limited), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S393, Surflon KH-40 (the above is ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), etc. Fluorine-based surfactants may also include compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 and in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-2011-132503, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Block polymers may also be used as fluorine-based surfactants. Specific examples include compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Fluorine-based surfactants can also preferably be fluorine-containing polymer compounds (comprising repeating units derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having fluorine atoms and repeating units derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having two or more (preferably five or more) alkoxy groups (preferably vinyloxy or propoxy)). The following compounds can also be exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention. [Chemical Formula 50]
上述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3,000~50,000,5,000~30,000為更佳。 關於氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠將在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。又,作為市售品,例如可舉出DIC Corporation製MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等。 The weight-average molecular weight of the above-mentioned compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000. Regarding fluorine-based surfactants, fluorine-containing polymers having ethylenically unsaturated groups in the side chains can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and 0289 to 0295 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-164965, which are incorporated herein. Commercially available products include MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation.
氟系界面活性劑中的含氟率係3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。含氟率在該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度均勻性、省液性方面有效,在組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content of the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7-25% by mass. Fluorine-based surfactants with a fluorine content within this range are effective in achieving uniform thickness of the coating film and saving liquid, and also have good solubility in the composition.
作為聚矽氧系界面活性劑,例如可舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製)、KP-341、KF6001、KF6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie GmbH製)等。Examples of silicone-based surfactants include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, and Toray Silicone SH8400 (all manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF6001, and KF6002 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and BYK307, BYK323, and BYK330 (all manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH).
作為烴系界面活性劑,例如,可舉出PIONIN A-76、NEWKALGEN FS-3PG、PIONIN B-709、PIONIN B-811-N、PIONIN D-1004、PIONIN D-3104、PIONIN D-3605、PIONIN D-6112、PIONIN D-2104-D、PIONIN D-212、PIONIN D-931、PIONIN D-941、PIONIN D-951、PIONIN E-5310、PIONIN P-1050-B、PIONIN P-1028-P、PIONIN P-4050-T等(以上為TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD製)等。Examples of hydrocarbon surfactants include PIONIN A-76, NEWKALGEN FS-3PG, PIONIN B-709, PIONIN B-811-N, PIONIN D-1004, PIONIN D-3104, PIONIN D-3605, PIONIN D-6112, PIONIN D-2104-D, PIONIN D-212, PIONIN D-931, PIONIN D-941, PIONIN D-951, PIONIN E-5310, PIONIN P-1050-B, PIONIN P-1028-P, and PIONIN P-4050-T (all manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD.).
作為非離子型界面活性劑,可例示甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯等。作為市售品,可舉出PLURONIC(註冊商標)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製)、Solsperse 20000(Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD製)、OLFIN E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Industry CO.,Ltd.製)等。Examples of non-ionic surfactants include glycerin, trihydroxymethylpropane, trihydroxymethylethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, and sorbitan fatty acid esters. Commercially available products include PLURONIC (registered trademark) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, and 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, and 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, and NCW-1002 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN D-6112, D-6112-W, and D-6315 (manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD.), OLFIN E1010, and Surfynol 104, 400, and 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
作為陽離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出有機矽氧烷聚合物KP-341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物POLYFLOW No.75、No.77、No.90、No.95(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、W001(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製)等。Specific examples of cationic surfactants include organosiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymers POLYFLOW No. 75, No. 77, No. 90, and No. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.).
作為陰離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出W004、W005、W017(Yusho Co.,Ltd.)、SANDET BL(SANYO KASEI Co.Ltd.製)等。Specific examples of anionic surfactants include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and SANDET BL (manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd.).
界面活性劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種類以上。 相對於組成物的總固體成分,界面活性劑的含量係0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,0.005~1.0質量%為更佳。 A single surfactant may be used, or a combination of two or more may be used. The surfactant content is preferably 0.001-2.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005-1.0% by mass, relative to the total solids content of the composition.
〔高級脂肪酸衍生物〕 為了防止因氧導致的聚合阻礙,本發明的第1樹脂組成物中可以添加二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺之類的高級脂肪酸衍生物而使其在塗佈後的乾燥過程中偏在於本發明的第1樹脂組成物的表面。 [Higher Fatty Acid Derivatives] To prevent polymerization hindrance caused by oxygen, a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenamide may be added to the first resin composition of the present invention so that it is localized on the surface of the first resin composition during the drying process after coating.
又,高級脂肪酸衍生物亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0155段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。Furthermore, as higher fatty acid derivatives, compounds described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
本發明的第1樹脂組成物含有高級脂肪酸衍生物時,相對於本發明的第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量係0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。高級脂肪酸衍生物為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the first resin composition of the present invention contains a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition of the present invention. The higher fatty acid derivative may be a single type or two or more types. When two or more types are present, the total content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably within the above range.
〔熱聚合起始劑〕 本發明的第1樹脂組成物可以包含熱聚合起始劑,尤其可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑係藉由熱能量產生自由基並使具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應開始或得到促進之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使樹脂及聚合性化合物的聚合反應進行,因此能夠進一步提高耐溶劑性。又,有時上述光聚合起始劑亦具有藉由熱開始聚合之作用,存在能夠作為熱聚合起始劑添加之情況。 [Thermal Polymerization Initiator] The first resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator, particularly a thermal radical polymerization initiator. A thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals using thermal energy, thereby initiating or accelerating the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. Adding a thermal radical polymerization initiator can also advance the polymerization reaction of the resin and the polymerizable compound, thereby further improving solvent resistance. Furthermore, the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator may also have the ability to initiate polymerization by heat and may be added as a thermal polymerization initiator.
作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。Specific examples of thermal radical polymerization initiators include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-063554, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
包含熱聚合起始劑時,相對於本發明的第1樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其含量係0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上熱聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass%, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%, and even more preferably 0.5 to 15 mass%, relative to the total solids content of the first resin composition of the present invention. The thermal polymerization initiator may be present in a single species or in two or more species. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are present, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
〔紫外線吸收劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、取代丙烯腈系、三𠯤系等紫外線吸收劑。 作為水楊酸酯系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出水楊酸苯酯、水楊酸對辛基苯酯、水楊酸對三級丁基苯酯等,作為二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’-二羥基-4,4’-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮等。又,作為苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑的例子,2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級戊基-5’-異丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-丙基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-5’-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-[2’-羥基-5’-(1,1,3,3-四甲基)苯基]苯并三唑等。 [Ultraviolet Absorber] The composition of the present invention may contain a UV absorber. Examples of UV absorbers include salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and tris(III)-based UV absorbers. Examples of salicylate-based UV absorbers include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, and p-tert-butylphenyl salicylate. Examples of benzophenone-based UV absorbers include 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone. Examples of benzotriazole-based UV absorbers include 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-pentyl-5'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, and 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole. -5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutyl-5'-propylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2'-hydroxy-5'-(1,1,3,3-tetramethyl)phenyl]benzotriazole, etc.
作為取代丙烯腈系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯、2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等。進而,作為三𠯤系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十二氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-三癸氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-(2,4-二羥基苯基)-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等單(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(4-甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-己氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等雙(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丁氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二丁氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(2-羥基-4-辛氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三[2-羥基-4-(3-丁氧基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤等三(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物等。Examples of substituted acrylonitrile-based UV absorbers include ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate and 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate. Furthermore, examples of trisinium-based UV absorbers include 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium and 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-tridecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium. (2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, 2-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium and other mono(hydroxyphenyl)trisinium compounds; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, 2 ,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-hexyloxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium and other bis(hydroxyphenyl)trisinium compounds; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4- Tris(hydroxyphenyl) tris(hydroxyphenyl) compounds such as 2-(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(hydroxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(hydroxyphenyl)-2,4,6-tris(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(hydroxyphenyl)-2,4,6-tris[2-hydroxy-4-(3-butoxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]-1,3,5-tris(hydroxy ...
在本發明中,上述各種紫外線吸收劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑,亦可以不包含紫外線吸收劑,但在包含時,相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量,紫外線吸收劑的含量係0.001質量%以上且1質量%以下為較佳,0.01質量%以上且0.1質量%以下為更佳。 In the present invention, each of the aforementioned UV absorbers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain a UV absorber. However, when included, the UV absorber content is preferably 0.001% by mass to 1% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.1% by mass, relative to the total solids content of the composition of the present invention.
〔有機鈦化合物〕 本實施形態的第1樹脂組成物可以含有有機鈦化合物。藉由第1樹脂組成物含有有機鈦化合物,即使在低溫下硬化,亦能夠形成耐藥品性優異之樹脂層。 [Organic Titanium Compound] The first resin composition of this embodiment may contain an organic titanium compound. By containing an organic titanium compound, the first resin composition can form a resin layer with excellent chemical resistance even when curing at low temperatures.
作為能夠使用的有機鈦化合物,可舉出有機基團經由共價鍵或離子鍵與鈦原子鍵結者。 在以下I)~VII)中示出有機鈦化合物的具體例。 I)鈦螯合化合物:其中,從第1樹脂組成物的保存穩定性優異且可獲得良好的硬化圖案考慮,具有2個以上烷氧基之鈦螯合化合物為更佳。具體例為雙(三乙醇胺)二異丙氧基鈦、二(正丁氧基)雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦等。 II)四烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為四(正丁氧基)鈦、四乙氧基鈦、四(2-乙基己氧基)鈦、四異丁氧基鈦、四異丙氧基鈦、四甲氧基鈦、四甲氧基丙氧基鈦、四甲基苯氧基鈦、四(正壬氧基)鈦、四(正丙氧基)鈦、四硬脂氧基鈦、四[雙{2,2-(烯丙氧基甲基)丙氧基}]鈦等。 III)二茂鈦化合物:例如為五甲基環戊二烯三甲氧基鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦等。 IV)單烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為三(磷酸二辛酯)異丙氧基鈦、三(苯磺酸十二酯)異丙氧基鈦等。 V)氧化鈦化合物:例如為雙(戊二酸酯)氧化鈦、雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)氧化鈦、酞菁氧化鈦等。 VI)四乙醯丙酮鈦化合物:例如為四乙醯丙酮鈦等。 VII)鈦酸酯偶合劑:例如為異丙基三十二基苯磺醯基鈦酸酯等。 Examples of usable organic titanium compounds include those in which an organic group is bonded to a titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond. Specific examples of organic titanium compounds are shown below in I) to VII). I) Titanium chelate compounds: Titanium chelate compounds having two or more alkoxy groups are particularly preferred, as they provide excellent storage stability of the first resin composition and yield a good cured pattern. Specific examples include titanium bis(triethanolamine)diisopropoxy, titanium di(n-butoxy)bis(2,4-pentanedioate), titanium diisopropoxybis(2,4-pentanedioate), titanium diisopropoxybis(tetramethylpimelate), and titanium diisopropoxybis(ethyl acetylacetate). II) Tetraalkoxytitanium compounds: for example, tetrakis(n-butoxy)titanium, tetrakis(2-ethylhexyloxy)titanium, tetrakis(isobutoxy)titanium, tetrakis(isopropoxy)titanium, tetrakis(methoxy)titanium, tetrakis(methoxypropoxy)titanium, tetrakis(n-nonoxy)titanium, tetrakis(n-propoxy)titanium, tetrakis(stearyloxy)titanium, tetrakis[bis{2,2-(allyloxymethyl)propoxy}]titanium, etc. III) Titanium cyclopentadiene compounds: Examples include pentamethylcyclopentadienyltrimethoxytitanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium. IV) Titanium monoalkoxy compounds: Examples include tris(dioctyl phosphate)isopropoxytitanium and tris(dodecylbenzenesulfonate)isopropoxytitanium. V) Titanium oxide compounds: Examples include bis(glutarate)oxide, bis(tetramethylpimelate)oxide, and titanium phthalocyanine oxide. VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetonate compounds: Examples include titanium tetraacetylacetonate. VII) Titanium ester coupling agent: for example, isopropyl tridodecylbenzenesulfonyl titanium ester, etc.
其中,作為有機鈦化合物,從發揮更良好的耐藥品性的觀點考慮,選自包括上述I)鈦螯合化合物、II)四烷氧基鈦化合物及III)二茂鈦化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳。尤其,二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、四(正丁氧基)鈦及雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦為較佳。Among these, the preferred organic titanium compound is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxytitanium compounds, and III) titanocene compounds, from the perspective of exhibiting better chemical resistance. In particular, titanium diisopropoxybis(ethyl acetylacetate), tetra(n-butoxy)titanium, and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred.
摻合有機鈦化合物時,相對於100質量份的樹脂A,其摻合量係0.05~10質量份為較佳,更佳為0.1~2質量份。摻合量係0.05質量份以上時,所獲得之硬化圖案更有效地顯示出良好的耐熱性及耐藥品性,另一方面,10質量份以下時,組成物的保存穩定性更優異。When incorporating an organic titanium compound, the incorporation amount is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of resin A. A blending amount of 0.05 parts by mass or greater effectively exhibits excellent heat resistance and chemical resistance in the resulting cured pattern. On the other hand, a blending amount of 10 parts by mass or less improves the storage stability of the composition.
〔抗氧化劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含抗氧化劑。作為添加劑含有抗氧化劑,藉此能夠提高硬化後的膜的拉伸特性、與金屬材料的密接性。作為抗氧化劑,可舉出酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物、硫醚化合物等。作為酚化合物,能夠使用習知為酚系抗氧化劑之任意酚化合物。作為較佳之酚化合物,可舉出受阻酚化合物。在與酚性羥基相鄰之部位(鄰位)具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為上述取代基,碳數1~22的經取代或未經取代之烷基為較佳。又,關於抗氧化劑,在同一分子內具有苯酚基和亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦較佳。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可舉出三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-三級丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺、雙(2,4-二-三級丁基-6-甲基苯基)亞磷酸乙酯等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如,可舉出ADEKA STAB AO-20、ADEKA STAB AO-30、ADEKA STAB AO-40、ADEKA STAB AO-50、ADEKA STAB AO-50F、ADEKA STAB AO-60、ADEKA STAB AO-60G、ADEKA STAB AO-80、ADEKA STAB AO-330(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0023~0048段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。又,本發明的組成物可根據需要含有潛在抗氧化劑。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可舉出作為抗氧化劑發揮作用之部位被保護基保護之化合物,該化合物中,保護基藉由在100~250℃下加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒的存在下以80~200℃加熱而脫離,藉此作為抗氧化劑發揮作用。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可舉出國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號、日本特開2017-008219號公報中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。作為潛在抗氧化劑的市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。 作為較佳之抗氧化劑的例子,可舉出2,2-硫代雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,6-二-三級丁基苯酚及由式(3)表示之化合物。 [Antioxidant] The composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. Including an antioxidant as an additive can improve the tensile properties of the cured film and its adhesion to metal materials. Examples of antioxidants include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds. Any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used as the phenolic compound. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. Compounds having a substituent at a position adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group (at the adjacent position) are preferred. Preferred substituents include substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 22 carbon atoms. Furthermore, compounds having a phenolic group and a phosphite group in the same molecule are also preferred antioxidants. Furthermore, phosphorus-based antioxidants can also be preferably used as antioxidants. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinylcycloheptadien-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetrakis-tetriblyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinylcycloheptadien-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and bis(2,4-di-tetriblyl-6-methylphenyl)ethyl phosphite. Examples of commercially available antioxidants include ADEKA STAB AO-20, ADEKA STAB AO-30, ADEKA STAB AO-40, ADEKA STAB AO-50, ADEKA STAB AO-50F, ADEKA STAB AO-60, ADEKA STAB AO-60G, ADEKA STAB AO-80, and ADEKA STAB AO-330 (all manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION). Furthermore, compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used as antioxidants, and this disclosure is incorporated herein. Furthermore, the composition of the present invention may contain a potential antioxidant, if desired. Potential antioxidants include compounds in which the site where the antioxidant is activated is protected by a protecting group. These protecting groups are removed by heating at 100-250°C or at 80-200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst, allowing the compound to activate its antioxidant activity. Examples of potential antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication Nos. 2014/021023, 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Commercially available potential antioxidants include ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION). As examples of preferred antioxidants, there are 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol and the compound represented by formula (3).
【化學式51】 【Chemical formula 51】
在通式(3)中,R 5表示氫原子或碳數2以上(較佳為碳數2~10)的烷基,R 6表示碳數2以上(較佳為碳數2~10)的伸烷基。R 7表示包含碳數2以上(較佳為碳數2~10)的伸烷基、氧原子及氮原子中的至少任一個之1~4價有機基團。k表示1~4的整數。 In general formula (3), R₅ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms (preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms), R₆ represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms (preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms), R₇ represents a monovalent to tetravalent organic group containing at least one of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms (preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms), an oxygen atom, and a nitrogen atom. k represents an integer from 1 to 4.
由式(3)表示之化合物抑制樹脂所具有之脂肪族基、酚性羥基的氧化劣化。又,藉由對金屬材料的防鏽作用,能夠抑制金屬氧化。The compound represented by formula (3) inhibits the oxidative degradation of aliphatic groups and phenolic hydroxyl groups in resins. Furthermore, it inhibits metal oxidation by providing a rust-proofing effect on metal materials.
為了能夠對樹脂和金屬材料同時起作用,k係2~4的整數為更佳。作為R 7,可舉出烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、-O-、-NH-、-NHNH-、組合該等而成者等,可以進一步具有取代基。其中,從在顯影液中的溶解性、金屬密接性的觀點考慮,具有烷基醚、-NH-為較佳,從與樹脂的相互作用和基於金屬錯合物形成之金屬密接性的觀點考慮,-NH-為更佳。 To enable simultaneous action on both the resin and the metal material, k is preferably an integer of 2 to 4. Examples of R 7 include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkyl ether groups, alkylsilyl groups, alkoxysilyl groups, aryl groups, aryl ether groups, carboxyl groups, carbonyl groups, allyl groups, vinyl groups, heterocyclic groups, -O-, -NH-, -NHNH-, and combinations thereof. The group may further have a substituent. Among these, alkyl ether groups and -NH- are preferred from the perspectives of solubility in developer solutions and metal adhesion. From the perspectives of interaction with the resin and metal adhesion through metal complex formation, -NH- is more preferred.
由通式(3)表示之化合物可舉出以下化合物作為例子,但並不限於下述結構。The compounds represented by the general formula (3) include the following compounds as examples, but are not limited to the following structures.
【化學式52】 【Chemical formula 52】
【化學式53】 【Chemical formula 53】
【化學式54】 【Chemical formula 54】
【化學式55】 【Chemical formula 55】
相對於樹脂,抗氧化劑的添加量係0.1~10質量份為較佳,0.5~5質量份為更佳。藉由將添加量設為0.1質量份以上,即使在高溫高濕環境下,亦容易獲得拉伸特性、提高對金屬材料的密接性的效果,又,藉由設為10質量份以下,例如利用與感光劑的相互作用,第1樹脂組成物的靈敏度提高。抗氧化劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。使用2種以上時,該等的合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The antioxidant addition amount is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight relative to the resin, and more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by weight. An addition amount of 0.1 parts by weight or greater facilitates achieving tensile properties and improved adhesion to metal materials, even in high-temperature and high-humidity environments. Furthermore, an addition amount of 10 parts by weight or less enhances the sensitivity of the first resin composition, for example, through interaction with the photosensitizer. A single antioxidant may be used, or two or more may be used. When two or more antioxidants are used, their combined amount is preferably within the above range.
〔抗凝聚劑〕 本實施形態的第1樹脂組成物可根據需要含有抗凝聚劑。作為抗凝聚劑,可舉出聚丙烯酸鈉等。 [Anti-aggregating agent] The first resin composition of this embodiment may contain an anti-aggregating agent as needed. Examples of such anti-aggregating agents include sodium polyacrylate.
本發明中,可以單獨使用1種抗凝聚劑,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含抗凝聚劑,亦可以不包含抗凝聚劑,但在包含時,相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量,抗凝聚劑的含量係0.01質量%以上且10質量%以下為較佳,0.02質量%以上且5質量%以下為更佳。 In the present invention, a single anti-aggregating agent may be used alone, or two or more may be used in combination. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain an anti-aggregating agent. However, when included, the anti-aggregating agent content is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.02% by mass to 5% by mass, relative to the total solids content of the composition of the present invention.
〔酚系化合物〕 本實施形態的第1樹脂組成物可以根據需要含有酚系化合物。作為酚系化合物,可舉出Bis-Z、BisP-EZ、TekP-4HBPA、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PA、BisOCHP-Z、BisP-MZ、BisP-PZ、BisP-IPZ、BisOCP-IPZ、BisP-CP、BisRS-2P、BisRS-3P、BisP-OCHP、Methylene Tris-FR-CR、BisRS-26X(以上為商品名,Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)、BIP-PC、BIR-PC、BIR-PTBP、BIR-BIPC-F(以上為商品名,ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製)等。 [Phenolic Compound] The first resin composition of this embodiment may contain a phenolic compound as needed. Examples of phenolic compounds include Bis-Z, BisP-EZ, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, BisOCHP-Z, BisP-MZ, BisP-PZ, BisP-IPZ, BisOCP-IPZ, BisP-CP, BisRS-2P, BisRS-3P, BisP-OCHP, Methylene Tris-FR-CR, and BisRS-26X (all trade names, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and BIP-PC, BIR-PC, BIR-PTBP, and BIR-BIPC-F (all trade names, manufactured by Asahi Yukizai Corporation).
在本發明中,酚系化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含或不包含酚系化合物。本發明的組成物包含酚系化合物時,相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量,酚系化合物的含量係0.01質量%以上且30質量%以下為較佳,0.02質量%以上且20質量%以下為更佳。 In the present invention, a phenolic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain a phenolic compound. When the composition of the present invention contains a phenolic compound, the content of the phenolic compound is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 0.02% by mass to 20% by mass, relative to the total solids content of the composition of the present invention.
〔其他高分子化合物〕 作為其他高分子化合物,可舉出矽氧烷樹脂、與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚的(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物、酚醛清漆樹脂、甲階酚醛樹脂、多羥基苯乙烯樹脂及該等的共聚物等。其他高分子化合物可以為導入了羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、環氧基等交聯基之改質體。 [Other Polymer Compounds] Examples of other polymer compounds include silicone resins, (meth)acrylic acid copolymers, novolac resins, cresol novolac resins, polyhydroxystyrene resins, and copolymers thereof. Other polymer compounds may be modified products having introduced crosslinking groups such as hydroxymethyl, alkoxymethyl, and epoxy groups.
在本發明中,其他高分子化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含其他高分子化合物,亦可以不包含其他高分子化合物,但在包含時,相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量,其他高分子化合物的含量係0.01質量%以上且30質量%以下為較佳,0.02質量%以上且20質量%以下為更佳。 In the present invention, other polymer compounds may be used singly or in combination. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain other polymer compounds. However, when included, the content of the other polymer compounds is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 0.02% by mass to 20% by mass, relative to the total solids content of the composition of the present invention.
<第1樹脂組成物的特性> 本發明的第1樹脂組成物的黏度能夠根據第1樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度調整。從塗佈膜厚的觀點考慮,1,000mm 2/s~12,000mm 2/s為較佳,2,000mm 2/s~10,000mm 2/s為更佳,2,500mm 2/s~8,000mm 2/s為進一步較佳。只要在上述範圍內,則容易獲得均勻性高的塗佈膜。例如,若為1,000mm 2/s以上,則難以塗佈成作為再配線層用層間絕緣膜所需的膜厚,若為12,000mm 2/s以下,則可獲得塗佈面狀優異之塗膜。 <Properties of the First Resin Composition> The viscosity of the first resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted according to the solids concentration of the first resin composition. From the perspective of coating film thickness, the viscosity is preferably 1,000 mm² /s to 12,000 mm² /s, more preferably 2,000 mm² /s to 10,000 mm² /s, and even more preferably 2,500 mm² /s to 8,000 mm² /s. Within this range, a highly uniform coating film is easily obtained. For example, if the coating speed is 1,000 mm 2 /s or more, it is difficult to coat the film with the required thickness for the interlayer insulation film for the redistribution layer. If the coating speed is 12,000 mm 2 /s or less, a coating with excellent coating surface appearance can be obtained.
<對第1樹脂組成物的含有物質的限制> 本發明的第1樹脂組成物的含水率小於2.0質量%為較佳,小於1.5質量%為更佳,小於1.0質量%為進一步較佳。 若小於2.0%,則第1樹脂組成物的保存穩定性提高。 作為維持含水量的方法,可舉出保管條件下的濕度調整、保管時的收容容器的空隙率降低等。 <Restrictions on Substances Contained in the First Resin Composition> The first resin composition of the present invention preferably has a moisture content of less than 2.0 mass%, more preferably less than 1.5 mass%, and even more preferably less than 1.0 mass%. If the moisture content is less than 2.0%, the storage stability of the first resin composition is improved. Methods for maintaining the moisture content include adjusting the humidity under storage conditions and reducing the porosity of the storage container during storage.
從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明的第1樹脂組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million(百萬分率))為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、銅、鉻、鎳等,但作為有機化合物與金屬的錯合物來包含之金屬除外。包含複數種金屬時,該等金屬的合計在上述範圍內為較佳。From the perspective of insulation, the metal content of the first resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 parts per million (ppm), more preferably less than 1 ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 ppm. Examples of metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, copper, chromium, and nickel, excluding metals contained as complexes of organic compounds and metals. When multiple metals are contained, the total content of these metals is preferably within the above range.
又,作為減少意外包含在本發明的第1樹脂組成物中的金屬雜質之方法,能夠舉出進行如下步驟之方法:作為構成本發明的第1樹脂組成物之原料而選擇金屬含量少的原料、對構成本發明的第1樹脂組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾、用聚四氟乙烯等對裝置內進行內襯而在盡可能抑制污染的條件下進行蒸餾等。Furthermore, as a method for reducing the amount of metal impurities accidentally contained in the first resin composition of the present invention, there can be cited a method comprising selecting a raw material having a low metal content as the raw material constituting the first resin composition of the present invention, filtering the raw material constituting the first resin composition of the present invention through a filter, lining the interior of an apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and performing distillation under conditions that minimize contamination.
若考慮作為半導體材料的用途,則從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,本發明的第1樹脂組成物中,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可舉出氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的合計分別在上述範圍內為較佳。 作為調整鹵素原子的含量的方法,可較佳地舉出離子交換處理等。 Considering applications as semiconductor materials, the first resin composition of the present invention preferably has a halogen atom content of less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 200 mass ppm from the perspective of wiring corrosion resistance. In particular, the halogen atom content in the form of halogen ions is preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of halogen atoms include chlorine and bromine atoms. It is preferred that the total content of chlorine and bromine atoms, or the total content of chlorine and bromine ions, is within the above-mentioned ranges. Preferred methods for adjusting the halogen atom content include ion exchange treatment.
作為本發明的第1樹脂組成物的收容容器,能夠使用以往公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料或本發明的第1樹脂組成物中為目的,使用由6種6層樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、將6種樹脂形成為7層結構之瓶亦較佳。作為此類容器,例如可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中記載之容器。Conventional containers can be used as containers for the first resin composition of the present invention. Furthermore, to prevent contaminants from entering the raw materials or the first resin composition of the present invention, it is also preferable to use a multilayer bottle having an inner wall composed of six layers of six different resins, or a bottle having a seven-layer structure composed of six different resins. Examples of such containers include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
<第1樹脂組成物的製備> 本發明的第1樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並沒有特別限定,能夠藉由以往公知的方法來進行。 混合能夠採用基於攪拌葉片之混合、基於球磨機之混合、旋轉罐本身的混合等。 混合中的溫度係10~30℃為較佳,15~25℃為更佳。 <Preparation of the First Resin Composition> The first resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited and can be performed by conventionally known methods. Mixing can be performed using a stirring blade, a ball mill, or a rotary tumbler. The temperature during mixing is preferably 10-30°C, more preferably 15-25°C.
又,以去除本發明的第1樹脂組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。關於過濾器孔徑,例如可舉出5μm以下的態樣,1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。過濾器的材質係聚乙烯時,HDPE(高密度聚乙烯)為更佳。過濾器可以使用藉由有機溶劑預先清洗者。過濾器的過濾步驟中,可以串聯或並聯複數種過濾器而使用。使用複數種過濾器時,可以組合使用孔徑或材質不同的過濾器。作為連接態樣,例如,可舉出如下態樣:將孔徑1μm的HDPE過濾器作為第一段,將孔徑0.2μm的HDPE過濾器作為第二段,將兩者串聯連接。又,可以對各種材料進行複數次過濾。過濾複數次時,可以為循環過濾。又,可以在加壓之後進行過濾。藉由加壓進行過濾時,例如可舉出所施加的壓力為0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下的態樣,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為較佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.5MPa以下為進一步較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,亦可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。亦可以組合過濾器過濾和使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可舉出矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。 可以在用過濾器進行過濾之後,進一步實施將填充於瓶中的第1樹脂組成物放置於減壓下進行脫氣之步驟。 Furthermore, for the purpose of removing foreign matter such as dust or particles from the first resin composition of the present invention, it is preferred to perform filtration using a filter. Regarding the pore size of the filter, for example, 5 μm or less can be cited, 1 μm or less is preferred, 0.5 μm or less is more preferred, and 0.1 μm or less is further preferred. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. When the material of the filter is polyethylene, HDPE (high-density polyethylene) is more preferred. The filter can be used after being pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. In the filtering step of the filter, a plurality of filters can be used in series or in parallel. When using a plurality of filters, filters with different pore sizes or materials can be used in combination. For example, a connection configuration could be: a 1μm pore size HDPE filter as the first stage, and a 0.2μm pore size HDPE filter as the second stage, connected in series. Furthermore, various materials can be filtered multiple times. Multiple filtration cycles can be used as cyclic filtration. Furthermore, filtration can be performed after applying pressure. When applying pressure, for example, the applied pressure can be 0.01 MPa to 1.0 MPa, preferably 0.03 MPa to 0.9 MPa, more preferably 0.05 MPa to 0.7 MPa, and even more preferably 0.05 MPa to 0.5 MPa. In addition to filtration using a filter, impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be performed. Filtering and impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be combined. Known adsorbents can be used. Examples include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon. After filtration using a filter, the first resin composition filled in the bottle can be further degassed by placing it under reduced pressure.
(第2樹脂組成物) 本發明的第2樹脂組成物係用於形成本發明的複合圖案的製造方法中的第2感光性膜之樹脂組成物。 (Second Resin Composition) The second resin composition of the present invention is used to form the second photosensitive film in the composite pattern manufacturing method of the present invention.
第2樹脂組成物包含作為樹脂的樹脂B為較佳,作為樹脂B,包含選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、包含聚苯并噁唑結構之聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物及環氧樹脂之群組中之至少1種樹脂為更佳。 樹脂B中的聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、包含聚苯并噁唑結構之聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物分別與上述樹脂A中的聚醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、包含聚苯并噁唑結構之聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、包含聚醯胺醯亞胺結構之聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 The second resin composition preferably includes resin B as the resin. More preferably, resin B includes at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors, polyimide precursors containing a polyimide structure, polybenzoxazole precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors containing a polybenzoxazole structure, polyamidoimide precursors, polyamidoimide precursors containing a polyamidoimide structure, and epoxy resins. The polyimide precursor, the polyimide precursor containing a polyimide structure, the polybenzoxazole precursor, the polybenzoxazole precursor containing a polybenzoxazole structure, the polyamide imide precursor, and the polyamide imide precursor containing a polyamide imide structure in the resin B are respectively The polyimide precursor, polyimide precursor containing a polyimide structure, polybenzoxazole precursor, polybenzoxazole precursor containing a polybenzoxazole structure, polyamidoimide precursor, and polyamidoimide precursor containing a polyamidoimide structure are the same, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
作為樹脂B中的環氧樹脂,並沒有特別限定,可舉出酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、雙酚型環氧樹脂、環氧丙基胺型環氧樹脂、環氧丙醚型環氧樹脂、三酚甲烷型環氧樹脂、三酚丙烷型環氧樹脂、烷基改質三酚甲烷型環氧樹脂、含有三𠯤核之環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯改質酚醛型環氧樹脂、萘酚型環氧樹脂、萘型環氧樹脂、至少具有伸苯基骨架及聯苯基骨架中的任一種之酚醛芳烷型環氧樹脂、至少具有伸苯基骨架及聯苯基骨架中的任一種之萘酚芳烷型環氧樹脂等的芳烷型環氧樹脂、以及脂肪族環氧樹脂等。 又,第2樹脂組成物包含環氧樹脂時,可以使用上述聚合性化合物中記載之環氧化合物。 The epoxy resin in the resin B is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include novolac epoxy resins, bisphenol epoxy resins, glycidylamine epoxy resins, glycidyl ether epoxy resins, trisphenol methane epoxy resins, trisphenol propane epoxy resins, alkyl-modified trisphenol methane epoxy resins, epoxy resins containing tris(II) nuclei, and dicyclopentadiene epoxy resins. Arane-type epoxy resins such as pentadiene-modified phenol-type epoxy resins, naphthol-type epoxy resins, naphthalene-type epoxy resins, phenol-aralkyl-type epoxy resins having at least either a phenylene skeleton or a biphenylene skeleton, and naphthol-aralkyl-type epoxy resins having at least either a phenylene skeleton or a biphenylene skeleton, and aliphatic epoxy resins. When the second resin composition includes an epoxy resin, the epoxy compounds listed above for the polymerizable compounds can be used.
此外,本發明的第2樹脂組成物中包含之各成分的詳細內容及第2樹脂組成物中的物性等特性與第1樹脂組成物相同,較佳態樣亦相同。The details of the components contained in the second resin composition of the present invention and the physical properties of the second resin composition are the same as those of the first resin composition, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
本發明的複合圖案的製造方法中,上述第1樹脂組成物和上述第2樹脂組成物係包含含有由相同的結構式表示之重複單元之樹脂之樹脂組成物亦較佳。亦即,上述樹脂A和樹脂B係含有由相同的結構式表示之重複單元之樹脂為較佳,亦可含有2種以上的由上述相同的結構式表示之重複單元。上述樹脂A和樹脂B係包含由相同的結構式表示之重複單元之樹脂時,作為由相同的結構式表示之重複單元的較佳含量,例如,可舉出總重複單元的30莫耳%以上之態樣,50莫耳%以上為較佳。此外,含有2種以上的由上述相同的結構式表示之重複單元時,其合計含量只要在上述範圍內即可。上限並沒有特別限定,例如為100莫耳%以下。 認為根據上述態樣,由硬化引起之收縮的影響變小,容易形成縱橫比高的複合圖案。又,有時可獲得第1圖案與第2圖案的密接性優異之複合圖案。 [實施例] In the method for producing a composite pattern of the present invention, the first resin composition and the second resin composition are preferably resin compositions containing repeating units represented by the same structural formula. That is, resins A and B preferably contain repeating units represented by the same structural formula, but may also contain two or more repeating units represented by the same structural formula. When resins A and B contain repeating units represented by the same structural formula, the preferred content of repeating units represented by the same structural formula is, for example, 30 mol% or more of the total repeating units, preferably 50 mol% or more. Furthermore, when containing two or more repeating units represented by the same structural formula, the total content thereof may be within the above range. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 100 mol% or less. This aspect is believed to reduce the impact of shrinkage during curing, making it easier to form a composite pattern with a high aspect ratio. Furthermore, a composite pattern with excellent adhesion between the first and second patterns may be obtained. [Examples]
以下,舉出實施例對本發明進行進一步詳細的說明。以下實施例中示出之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當進行變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。只要沒有特別說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。The present invention is further described below with reference to the following examples. The materials, amounts, ratios, processing details, and steps described in the following examples are subject to modification without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are by mass.
<合成例1:聚合物P-1的合成> 將4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)7.76g(25毫莫耳)及3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐6.23g(25毫莫耳)放入反應容器中,添加了甲基丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯(HEMA)13.4g及γ-丁內酯100ml。一邊在室溫下攪拌,一邊添加吡啶7.91g,藉此獲得了反應混合物。基於反應之發熱結束後,冷卻至室溫,進而靜置了16小時。 接著,在冰冷下,將二環己碳二亞胺(DCC)20.6g(99.9毫莫耳)溶解於γ-丁內酯30ml之溶液攪拌的同時經40分鐘添加到了反應混合物中。接著,攪拌的同時經60分鐘添加了將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)9.3g(46毫莫耳)添加至γ-丁內酯350ml中的懸浮液。 進而在室溫下攪拌2小時之後,添加乙醇3ml並攪拌了1小時。之後,添加了γ-丁內酯100ml。藉由過濾去除反應混合物中生成之沉澱物,獲得了反應液。 將所獲得之反應液添加至3升乙醇中,生成了包含粗聚合物之沉澱物。濾取包含所生成之粗聚合物之沉澱物,使其溶解於四氫呋喃200ml升,藉此獲得了粗聚合物溶液。將所獲得之粗聚合物溶液滴加至3升水中而獲得了沉澱物。濾取所獲得之沉澱物之後進行真空乾燥,藉此獲得了粉末狀聚合物P-1。 測定該聚合物的重量平均分子量(Mw)之結果,為23,000。 聚合物P-1係下述結構的樹脂。括號的下標表示各重複單元的莫耳比。 【化學式56】 <Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Polymer P-1> 7.76 g (25 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) and 6.23 g (25 mmol) of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride were placed in a reaction vessel, followed by 13.4 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 100 ml of γ-butyrolactone. While stirring at room temperature, 7.91 g of pyridine was added to obtain a reaction mixture. After the reaction heat subsided, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and then allowed to stand for 16 hours. Next, under ice cooling, a solution of 20.6 g (99.9 mmol) of dicyclohexanecarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 30 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction mixture over 40 minutes while stirring. Next, a suspension of 9.3 g (46 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) in 350 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added over 60 minutes while stirring. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, 3 ml of ethanol was added and stirred for 1 hour. Subsequently, 100 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration, resulting in a reaction solution. This solution was added to 3 liters of ethanol, yielding a precipitate containing a crude polymer. The precipitate containing the resulting crude polymer was filtered and dissolved in 200 ml of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution. The crude polymer solution was added dropwise to 3 liters of water to obtain a precipitate. The precipitate was filtered and then vacuum-dried to obtain a powdered polymer P-1. The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer was measured and found to be 23,000. Polymer P-1 is a resin having the following structure. The subscripts in parentheses represent the molar ratio of each repeating unit. [Chemical Formula 56]
<合成例2:聚合物P-2的合成> 混合20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時)、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g(258毫莫耳)的吡啶及100g的二乙二醇二甲醚,在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,藉此製造了4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐與甲基丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,藉由SOCl 2將所獲得之二酯氯化之後,以與合成例5相同的方法,用4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-二甲基聯苯轉換為聚醯亞胺前驅物,並以與合成例5相同的方法獲得了聚合物P-2。聚合物P-2的重量平均分子量為29,000。 聚合物P-2係下述結構的樹脂。 【化學式57】 <Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Polymer P-2> 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g (258 mmol) of pyridine, and 100 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The resulting diester was then chlorinated with SOCl₂ and converted to a polyimide precursor using 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5. Polymer P-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5. The weight-average molecular weight of polymer P-2 was 29,000. Polymer P-2 is a resin having the following structure: [Chemical Formula 57]
<合成例3:聚合物P-3的合成> 將4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)15.5g(50毫莫耳)放入反應容器中,添加了甲基丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯(HEMA)13.4g及γ-丁內酯100ml。一邊在室溫下攪拌,一邊添加吡啶7.91g,藉此獲得了反應混合物。基於反應之發熱結束後,冷卻至室溫,進而靜置了16小時。 接著,在冰冷下,將二環己碳二亞胺(DCC)20.6g(99.9毫莫耳)溶解於γ-丁內酯30ml之溶液攪拌的同時經40分鐘添加到了反應混合物中。接著,攪拌的同時經60分鐘添加了將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)9.3g(46毫莫耳)添加至γ-丁內酯350ml中的懸浮液。 進而在室溫下攪拌2小時之後,添加乙醇3ml並攪拌了1小時。之後,添加了γ-丁內酯100ml。藉由過濾去除反應混合物中生成之沉澱物,獲得了反應液。 將所獲得之反應液添加至3升乙醇中,生成了包含粗聚合物之沉澱物。濾取包含所生成之粗聚合物之沉澱物,使其溶解於四氫呋喃200ml升,藉此獲得了粗聚合物溶液。將所獲得之粗聚合物溶液滴加至3升水中而獲得了沉澱物。濾取所獲得之沉澱物之後進行真空乾燥,藉此獲得了粉末狀聚合物P-3。 測定該聚合物P-3的重量平均分子量(Mw)之結果,為27,000。 聚合物P-3係下述結構的樹脂。 【化學式58】 <Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of Polymer P-3> 15.5 g (50 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) was placed in a reaction vessel, followed by 13.4 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 100 ml of γ-butyrolactone. While stirring at room temperature, 7.91 g of pyridine was added to obtain a reaction mixture. After the exotherm due to the reaction subsided, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and allowed to stand for 16 hours. Next, under ice cooling, a solution of 20.6 g (99.9 mmol) of dicyclohexanecarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 30 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction mixture over 40 minutes while stirring. Next, while stirring, a suspension of 9.3 g (46 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) in 350 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added over 60 minutes. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, 3 ml of ethanol was added and stirred for 1 hour. Subsequently, 100 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration, yielding a reaction solution. The resulting reaction solution was added to 3 liters of ethanol, yielding a precipitate containing a crude polymer. The resulting precipitate containing the crude polymer was filtered and dissolved in 200 ml of tetrahydrofuran to yield a crude polymer solution. The resulting crude polymer solution was added dropwise to 3 liters of water to yield a precipitate. The resulting precipitate was filtered and vacuum dried to obtain a powdered polymer, P-3. The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer P-3 was determined to be 27,000. Polymer P-3 is a resin having the following structure: [Chemical Formula 58]
<合成例4:聚合物P-4的合成> 將3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐14.7g(50毫莫耳)放入反應容器中,添加了甲基丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯(HEMA)13.4g及γ-丁內酯100ml。一邊在室溫下攪拌,一邊添加吡啶7.91g,藉此獲得了反應混合物。基於反應之發熱結束後,冷卻至室溫,進而靜置了16小時。 接著,在冰冷下,將二環己碳二亞胺(DCC)20.6g(99.9毫莫耳)溶解於γ-丁內酯30ml之溶液攪拌的同時經40分鐘添加到了反應混合物中。接著,攪拌的同時經60分鐘添加了將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)9.3g(46毫莫耳)添加至γ-丁內酯350ml中的懸浮液。以下,以與合成例1相同的方法實施純化、乾燥,獲得了聚合物P-4。測定該聚合物的重量平均分子量(Mw)之結果,為28,000。 聚合物P-4係下述結構的樹脂。 【化學式59】 <Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of Polymer P-4> 14.7 g (50 mmol) of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride was placed in a reaction vessel, followed by 13.4 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 100 ml of γ-butyrolactone. While stirring at room temperature, 7.91 g of pyridine was added to obtain a reaction mixture. After the exotherm due to the reaction subsided, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and allowed to stand for 16 hours. Next, under ice cooling, a solution of 20.6 g (99.9 mmol) of dicyclohexanecarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 30 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction mixture over 40 minutes while stirring. Next, a suspension of 9.3 g (46 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) in 350 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added over 60 minutes while stirring. Purification and drying were then carried out using the same methods as in Synthesis Example 1 to obtain polymer P-4. The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of this polymer was measured to be 28,000. Polymer P-4 is a resin having the following structure: [Chemical Formula 59]
<合成例5:聚合物P-5的合成> 混合20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時)、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g(258毫莫耳)的吡啶及100g的二乙二醇二甲醚,在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,藉此製造了包含4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐與甲基丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯的二酯之反應混合物。接著,將反應混合物冷卻至-5℃,將溫度保持在-5±2℃的同時經2小時添加了16.12g(135.5毫莫耳)的SOCl 2。接著,將11.32g(60.0毫莫耳)的4,4’-二胺基二苯醚溶解於100mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮而成之溶液調整至-5~0℃的溫度範圍內,並且經2小時將其滴加至反應混合物中。使反應混合物在0℃下反應1小時之後,添加乙醇70g,在室溫下攪拌了1小時。接著,將反應混合物添加至5升水中,使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱之後,以5,000rpm的速度進行了15分鐘的離心分離。濾取沉澱物,放入4升水中,再次攪拌30分鐘之後,再次濾取了沉澱物。接著,在減壓下、以45℃對所獲得之沉澱物進行2天乾燥,藉此獲得了聚合物P-5。聚合物P-5的重量平均分子量為31,000。 聚合物P-5係下述結構的樹脂。 【化學式60】 <Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of Polymer P-5> 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxyphthalic anhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g (258 mmol) of pyridine, and 100 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours to produce a reaction mixture containing the diester of 4,4'-oxyphthalic anhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The reaction mixture was then cooled to -5°C, and 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of SOCl₂ was added over 2 hours while maintaining the temperature at -5±2°C. Next, a solution of 11.32 g (60.0 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was adjusted to a temperature range of -5 to 0°C and added dropwise to the reaction mixture over 2 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to react at 0°C for 1 hour, after which 70 g of ethanol was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then added to 5 liters of water, and the polyimide precursor was precipitated. The mixture was then centrifuged at 5,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The precipitate was filtered, placed in 4 liters of water, stirred again for 30 minutes, and then filtered again. The resulting precipitate was then dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for two days to obtain polymer P-5. The weight average molecular weight of polymer P-5 was 31,000. Polymer P-5 is a resin having the following structure: [Chemical Formula 60]
<合成例6:聚合物P-6的合成> 混合20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時)、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g(258毫莫耳)的吡啶及100g的二乙二醇二甲醚,在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,藉此製造了4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐與甲基丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,藉由SOCl 2將所獲得之二酯氯化之後,以與合成例5相同的方法,以比合成例5減量2%的量,使4,4’-二胺基二苯醚溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮,同樣進行反應並轉換為聚醯亞胺前驅物,以與合成例5相同的方法獲得了聚合物P-6。聚合物P-6的重量平均分子量為18,000。 【化學式61】 <Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of Polymer P-6> 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g (258 mmol) of pyridine, and 100 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The resulting diester was then chlorinated with SOCl₂ . The 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidone using the same method as in Synthesis Example 5, but with the amount reduced by 2%. The reaction was repeated to convert the 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether into a polyimide precursor. Polymer P-6 was obtained using the same method as in Synthesis Example 5. The weight-average molecular weight of polymer P-6 was 18,000. [Chemical Formula 61]
<合成例7:聚合物P-7的合成> 在放入了N-甲基吡咯啶酮60g之反應容器中添加2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷13.9g(38毫莫耳),將其攪拌進行了溶解。接著,在0~5℃的溫度範圍內,經10分鐘滴加十二烷二酸二氯化物10.7g(40毫莫耳),之後攪拌了60分鐘。接著,將反應溶液投入3升水中,獲得了析出物。將析出物用純水清洗後乾燥而獲得了聚合物P-7(聚苯并噁唑前驅物)。聚合物P-7的重量平均分子量為32,000。 <Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis of Polymer P-7> To a reaction vessel containing 60 g of N-methylpyrrolidone, 13.9 g (38 mmol) of 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane was added and stirred to dissolve. Next, 10.7 g (40 mmol) of dodecanedioic acid dichloride was added dropwise over 10 minutes at a temperature between 0 and 5°C, followed by stirring for 60 minutes. The reaction solution was then poured into 3 liters of water to obtain a precipitate. The precipitate was washed with pure water and dried to obtain Polymer P-7 (polybenzoxazole precursor). The weight-average molecular weight of Polymer P-7 was 32,000.
<合成例8:聚合物P-8的合成> 在乾燥氮氣流下,加入N-甲基吡咯啶酮100g,添加2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷32.96g(90毫莫耳)、間胺基苯酚2.18g(20毫莫耳),在室溫下攪拌溶解之後,將反應溶液的溫度保持在-10~0℃的同時,經10分鐘滴加十二烷二酸二氯化物20.04g(75毫莫耳)之後,添加4,4’-二苯基醚二羧酸氯化物7.38g(25毫莫耳),在室溫下持續攪拌了3小時。將反應溶液投入3升水中,回收析出物,用純水清洗3次之後,用50℃的通風乾燥機乾燥3天,藉此獲得了聚苯并噁唑前驅物(聚合物P-8)的粉末。聚合物P-8的重量平均分子量為31,000。 <Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis of Polymer P-8> Under a dry nitrogen stream, 100 g of N-methylpyrrolidone, 32.96 g (90 mmol) of 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and 2.18 g (20 mmol) of m-aminophenol were added. After stirring at room temperature to dissolve, 20.04 g (75 mmol) of dodecanedioic acid dichloride was added dropwise over 10 minutes while maintaining the reaction solution temperature between -10 and 0°C. Then, 7.38 g (25 mmol) of 4,4'-diphenylether dicarboxylic acid chloride was added. Stirring was continued at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 3 liters of water, and the precipitate was recovered, washed three times with pure water, and then dried in a 50°C ventilation dryer for three days to obtain a powder of a polybenzoxazole precursor (polymer P-8). The weight-average molecular weight of polymer P-8 was 31,000.
<合成例9:聚合物P-9的合成> 在乾燥氮氣流下,使由4,4’-二羧基二苯基醚和1-羥基苯并三唑構成之二羧酸二酯88.64g(180毫莫耳)、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷65.93g(180毫莫耳)、ED-600(商品名,Huntsman International LLC.製)12.00g(20毫莫耳)、800g的NMP在25℃下反應30分鐘,接著在油浴中加熱,並使其在80℃下反應了8小時。接著,作為封端劑,添加5-降莰烯-2,3-二羧酸酐12.31g(75毫莫耳),在80℃下進一步攪拌3小時之後結束了反應。反應結束後,將溶液冷卻至室溫之後,過濾反應混合物,將反應混合物投入於水/異丙醇=3/1(體積比)的混合液2L中,藉此獲得了沉澱物。藉由過濾收集該沉澱物,用水清洗3次之後,用80℃的真空乾燥機乾燥20小時,藉此獲得了聚合物P-9(聚苯并噁唑前驅物)。聚合物P-9的重量平均分子量為28,000。 <Synthesis Example 9: Synthesis of Polymer P-9> Under a dry nitrogen stream, 88.64 g (180 mmol) of a dicarboxylic acid diester composed of 4,4'-dicarboxydiphenyl ether and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, 65.93 g (180 mmol) of 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 12.00 g (20 mmol) of ED-600 (trade name, manufactured by Huntsman International LLC.), and 800 g of NMP were reacted at 25°C for 30 minutes. The mixture was then heated in an oil bath and allowed to react at 80°C for 8 hours. Subsequently, 12.31 g (75 mmol) of 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride was added as a capping agent. The mixture was stirred at 80°C for a further 3 hours before the reaction was terminated. After the reaction, the solution was cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered, and poured into 2 L of a 3/1 (volume ratio) mixture of water and isopropyl alcohol to obtain a precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed three times with water, and then dried in a vacuum dryer at 80°C for 20 hours to obtain polymer P-9 (polybenzoxazole precursor). The weight-average molecular weight of polymer P-9 was 28,000.
<實施例及比較例> 混合下述表中記載之成分,獲得了各組成物。 具體而言,將表中記載之成分的含量設為表的“質量份”中記載之量。 經由過濾器孔徑為0.2μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器,對所獲得之得組成物進行了加壓過濾。 又,在表中,“-”的記載表示組成物不含有該成分。 <Examples and Comparative Examples> The components listed in the following table were mixed to obtain each composition. Specifically, the contents of the components listed in the table were set to the amounts listed in the "parts by mass" column. The resulting compositions were pressure-filtered through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm. In the table, "-" indicates that the composition does not contain that component.
【表1】
表中記載之各成分的詳細內容如下。The details of each ingredient listed in the table are as follows.
〔樹脂〕 ・P-1~P-9:以上合成之P-1~P-9 ・P-10:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(LX-01,Daiso Industries Co.,Ltd.製) ・P-11:脂環式環氧樹脂(Daicel Corporation製,CEL2021) ・P-12:多官能環氧樹脂(VG-3101L,PRINTEC CORPORATION製) [Resin] P-1 to P-9: P-1 to P-9 synthesized above P-10: Bisphenol A epoxy resin (LX-01, manufactured by Daiso Industries Co., Ltd.) P-11: Aliphatic epoxy resin (CEL2021, manufactured by Daicel Corporation) P-12: Multifunctional epoxy resin (VG-3101L, manufactured by Printec Corporation)
〔聚合性化合物〕 ・B-1:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製,聚乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯G4 ・B-2:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製,A-TMMT ・B-3:NIKALAC MX-270(SANWA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製) ・B-4:TML-BPA(Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製) ・B-5:CELLOXIDE 2021P(Daicel Corporation製) ・B-6:四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯 ・B-7:下述結構的化合物 ・B-8:三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯(CAS.15625-89-5) ・B-9:二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 ・B-10:PR-53365(Sumitomo Bakelite Co.,Ltd.製) 【化學式62】 [Polymerizable compounds] ・B-1: Polyethylene glycol methacrylate G4 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) ・B-2: A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) ・B-3: NIKALAC MX-270 (manufactured by SANWA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) ・B-4: TML-BPA (manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ・B-5: CELLOXIDE 2021P (manufactured by Daicel Corporation) ・B-6: Tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate ・B-7: Compound with the following structure ・B-8: Trihydroxymethylpropane triacrylate (CAS: 15625-89-5) ・B-9: Dipentatriol hexaacrylate ・B-10: PR-53365 (manufactured by Sumitomo Bakelite Co., Ltd.) 【Chemical formula 62】
〔聚合起始劑〕 ・C-1:Irgacure OXE-01(BASF公司製) ・C-2:Irgacure OXE-02(BASF公司製) ・C-3:Irgacure 784(BASF公司製) ・C-4:CPI-210S(San-Apro Ltd.製) ・C-5:Lambson公司製G-1820 ・C-6:用1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-4-磺醯氯,對TrisP-PA(α,α,α'-三(4-羥基苯基)-1-乙基-4-異丙苯)的羥基進行了重氮萘醌化之化合物 ・C-7:1-苯基-2-[(苯甲醯氧基)亞胺基]-1-丙酮 ・C-8:Irgacure 290(BASF公司製) [Polymerization Initiator] C-1: Irgacure OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF) C-2: Irgacure OXE-02 (manufactured by BASF) C-3: Irgacure 784 (manufactured by BASF) C-4: CPI-210S (manufactured by San-Apro Ltd.) C-5: Lambson G-1820 C-6: A compound obtained by diazonaphthoquinoneizing the hydroxyl group of TrisP-PA (α,α,α'-tris(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-ethyl-4-isopropylbenzene) with 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazolidine-4-sulfonyl chloride C-7: 1-Phenyl-2-[(benzoyloxy)imino]-1-propanone C-8: Irgacure 290 (made by BASF)
〔金屬接著性改良劑〕 ・D-1:KBM-403(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製) ・D-2:γ-脲基丙基三乙基矽烷 ・D-3:N-[3-(三乙氧基矽基)丙基]順丁烯醯胺酸 ・D-4:N-(3-三乙氧基矽基)丙基-鄰甲醯胺苯甲酸 [Metal Adhesion Improver] D-1: KBM-403 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) D-2: γ-Ureidopropyltriethylsilane D-3: N-[3-(Triethoxysilyl)propyl]butenylamine D-4: N-(3-Triethoxysilyl)propyl-2-methylaminobenzoic acid
〔遷移抑制劑〕 ・E-1:5-胺基四唑 [Migration Inhibitor] ・E-1: 5-Aminotetrazole
〔聚合抑制劑〕 ・F-1:2MeHQ(甲氧基氫醌) ・F-2:TAOBN(1,4,4-三甲基-2,3-二吖雙環[3.2.2]-壬-2-烯-N,N-二氧化物) [Polymerization Inhibitor] F-1: 2MeHQ (methoxyhydroquinone) F-2: TAOBN (1,4,4-trimethyl-2,3-diazabicyclo[3.2.2]-non-2-ene-N,N-dioxide)
〔界面活性劑〕 ・G-1:MEGAFACE F444(DIC Corporation製) [Surfactant] ・G-1: MEGAFACE F444 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)
〔熱鹼產生劑〕 ・H-1:1-[4-(2-羥基乙基)-1-哌啶基]-3-(2-羥基苯基)-1-丙酮 [Thermoalkali Generator] ・H-1: 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperidinyl]-3-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-1-propanone
〔添加劑〕 ・I-1:下述結構的化合物 ・I-2:N-苯基二乙醇胺 ・I-3:下述結構的化合物 【化學式63】 [Additives] ・I-1: Compound with the following structure ・I-2: N-phenyldiethanolamine ・I-3: Compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 63]
〔溶劑〕 ・J-1:GBL(γ-丁內酯) ・J-2:DMSO(二甲基亞碸) ・J-3:EL(乳酸乙酯) ・J-4:NMP(N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮) [Solvent] ・J-1: GBL (γ-butyrolactone) ・J-2: DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide) ・J-3: EL (ethyl lactate) ・J-4: NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone)
(評價) <複合圖案的製作> 在各實施例中,藉由旋塗法,將表中記載之第1組成物適用於矽晶圓上,在加熱板上,以100℃乾燥5分鐘,藉此在矽晶圓上形成了厚度20μm的均勻厚度的第1感光性層(第1感光性膜)。 隔著具有在5μm至25μm之間成為1μm刻度尺寸用大小之溝槽圖案(各節距尺寸為各溝槽尺寸的8倍)之光罩,對上述第1感光性層照射了400mJ/cm 2的紫外線(第1曝光步驟)。將曝光後的第1感光性層用環戊酮進行顯影,用PGMEA進行沖洗,形成了第1圖案(第1顯影步驟)。 顯影後,在第1圖案上及藉由第1顯影步驟去除了上述第1圖案之區域上,藉由旋塗法適用了表中記載之第2組成物,在加熱板上,以100℃乾燥5分鐘,形成了厚度20μm的均勻厚度的第2感光性層(第2感光性膜)。 隔著上述光罩,以與上述第1感光性層中的曝光區域重疊的方式,對上述第2感光性層照射了400mJ/cm 2的紫外線(第2曝光步驟)。將曝光後的第2感光性層用環戊酮進行顯影,用PGMEA進行沖洗,形成了第2圖案(第2顯影步驟)。 又,在“第3樹脂組成物”一欄中有組成物的記載之例子中,在上述第2圖案上,以與形成上述第2圖案相同的方法形成了第3圖案。 之後,利用加熱爐,按照表中的“硬化條件”一欄中記載之加熱溫度及加熱時間,加熱第1圖案及第2圖案(改質步驟),藉此獲得了複合圖案。 在比較例1中,僅形成第1圖案而未形成第2圖案,除此以外,以與實施例相同的方法形成了圖案。 又,在比較例2中,分別在上述第1顯影步驟、第2顯影步驟之後進行上述改質步驟,除此以外,以與實施例相同的方法形成了複合圖案。 (Evaluation) <Fabrication of Composite Patterns> In each example, a first photosensitive layer (first photosensitive film) with a uniform thickness of 20 μm was formed on the silicon wafer by spin coating the first composition listed in the table. The film was dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 5 minutes. This first photosensitive layer was then exposed to UV light at 400 mJ/ cm² through a photomask having a groove pattern with a 1 μm scale (with each pitch being 8 times the groove size) ranging from 5 μm to 25 μm (first exposure step). The exposed first photosensitive layer was developed with cyclopentanone and rinsed with PGMEA to form the first pattern (first development step). After development, the second composition listed in the table was applied by spin coating onto the first pattern and the areas where the first pattern had been removed in the first development step. The film was dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 5 minutes to form a second photosensitive layer (second photosensitive film) with a uniform thickness of 20 μm. The second photosensitive layer was then irradiated with UV light at 400 mJ/ cm² through the photomask, overlapping the exposed areas of the first photosensitive layer (second exposure step). The exposed second photosensitive layer was developed with cyclopentanone and rinsed with PGMEA, forming a second pattern (second development step). In the examples where a composition is listed in the "Third Resin Composition" column, a third pattern is formed on the second pattern using the same method as used to form the second pattern. Subsequently, the first and second patterns are heated in a furnace at the heating temperature and for the time specified in the "Curing Conditions" column (modification step), thereby obtaining a composite pattern. In Comparative Example 1, the pattern formation was performed in the same manner as in the Example, except that only the first pattern was formed and the second pattern was not. Furthermore, in Comparative Example 2, the composite pattern is formed in the same manner as in the Example, except that the modification step is performed after the first and second development steps, respectively.
<環化率的測定> 關於環化率,適用第1顯影步驟及第2顯影步驟之後分別藉由紅外吸收光譜法測定第1圖案(由第1感光性組成物形成之圖案)並算出了第1圖案中包含之樹脂A的環化率。 首先,在第1感光性組成物的圖案化之後,藉由紅外吸收光譜法測定了第1顯影步驟後的第1圖案中的樹脂A的環化率(環化率1)。接著,在第2感光性組成物的圖案化之後,針對未殘留第2感光性組成物的圖案但殘留有第1感光性組成物的圖案之部分,藉由紅外吸收光譜法測定了第2顯影步驟後的第1圖案中的樹脂A的環化率(環化率2)。 第1感光性組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物時,在第1感光性組成物的圖案化後(上述第1顯影步驟之後),求出了第1圖案中的來自於醯亞胺結構的吸收峰1377cm -1附近的峰強度P1。接著,在第2感光性組成物的圖案化後(上述第2顯影步驟之後),測定未殘留第2感光性組成物的圖案但殘留有第1感光性組成物的圖案之部分的紅外吸收光譜,求出了1377cm -1附近的峰強度P2。 同樣地,第1感光性組成物係聚苯并噁唑前驅物時,求出了來自於苯并噁唑結構的吸收峰1554cm -1附近的峰強度P1。接著,在第2感光性組成物的圖案化後,測定未殘留第2感光性組成物的圖案但殘留有第1感光性組成物的圖案之部分的紅外吸收光譜,求出了1554cm -1附近的峰強度P2。 針對所有樹脂,均使用所獲得之峰強度P1、P2,根據下述式求出了環化率。將結果記載於下述表的“環化率”一欄。 環化率(%)=(峰強度P2/峰強度P1)×100 表中,“<1.1”的記載表示上述比例小於1.1,“>1.5”的記載表示上述比例大於1.5。 <Measurement of the Cyclization Ratio> The cyclization ratio was determined by measuring the first pattern (the pattern formed by the first photosensitive composition) using infrared absorption spectroscopy after both the first and second development steps. The cyclization ratio of Resin A contained in the first pattern was calculated. First, after patterning the first photosensitive composition, the cyclization ratio of Resin A in the first pattern after the first development step (Cyclization Ratio 1) was measured using infrared absorption spectroscopy. Next, after patterning the second photosensitive composition, the cyclization rate (cyclization rate 2) of Resin A in the first pattern after the second development step was measured by infrared absorption spectroscopy in the portion where the second photosensitive composition pattern remained but the first photosensitive composition pattern remained. When the first photosensitive composition includes a polyimide precursor, the peak intensity P1 of the absorption peak at approximately 1377 cm⁻¹ , attributed to the imide structure, in the first pattern was determined after patterning the first photosensitive composition (after the first development step described above). Next, after patterning the second photosensitive composition (after the aforementioned second development step), the infrared absorption spectrum of the portion where the second photosensitive composition pattern remained but the first photosensitive composition pattern remained was measured, and the peak intensity P2 around 1377 cm -1 was determined. Similarly, when the first photosensitive composition was a polybenzoxazole precursor, the peak intensity P1 around 1554 cm -1 , an absorption peak derived from the benzoxazole structure, was determined. Next, after patterning the second photosensitive composition, the infrared absorption spectrum of the portion where the second photosensitive composition pattern remained but the first photosensitive composition pattern remained was measured, and the peak intensity P2 around 1554 cm -1 was determined. For all resins, the obtained peak intensities P1 and P2 were used to calculate the cyclization ratio using the following formula. The results are reported in the "Cyclization Ratio" column of the table below. Cyclization Ratio (%) = (Peak Intensity P2 / Peak Intensity P1) × 100. "<1.1" indicates a ratio less than 1.1, and ">1.5" indicates a ratio greater than 1.5.
<殘膜率的測定> 在第1圖案形成後及第2圖案形成後,利用截面SEM(基於掃描式電子顯微鏡之截面觀察),測定了第1圖案中的殘膜率。 將第1圖案形成後的圖案的高度設為T1,將第2圖案形成後的第1圖案的高度設為T2,藉由下述式定義殘膜率。 殘膜率(%)=(T1/T2)×100 將殘膜率為70%以上的情況設為A,小於70%的情況設為B。 <Determination of Residual Film Ratio> After forming the first pattern and the second pattern, the residual film ratio of the first pattern was measured using cross-sectional SEM (scanning electron microscope cross-sectional observation). The height of the pattern after the first pattern was formed was designated T1, and the height of the first pattern after the second pattern was formed was designated T2. The residual film ratio was defined using the following formula: Residual Film Ratio (%) = (T1/T2) × 100 A was assigned a residual film ratio of 70% or higher, and B was assigned a residual film ratio of less than 70%.
<溶解速度比的測定> 製作第1感光性膜及第2感光性膜之後,利用Litho Tech Japan Corporation製RDA-790測定了溶解速度。在溶劑顯影中使用環戊酮,在鹼顯影中使用了2.38質量%TMAH(氫氧化四甲基銨)水溶液。將第1感光性膜的溶解速度設為R1,將第2感光性膜的溶解速度設為R2,根據下述式計算了溶解速度比。 將溶解速度比=(R2/R1)評價結果記載於表中的“溶解速度比”一欄。 ・將溶解速度比為1.05以上的情況標記為A, ・將溶解速度比小於1.05、1.0以上的情況標記為B, ・將溶解速度比小於1.0的情況標記為C。 <Dissolution Rate Ratio Measurement> After preparing the first and second photosensitive films, the dissolution rates were measured using an RDA-790 manufactured by Litho Tech Japan Corporation. Cyclopentanone was used for solvent development, and a 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution was used for alkaline development. The dissolution rate of the first photosensitive film was designated R1, and the dissolution rate of the second photosensitive film was designated R2. The dissolution rate ratio was calculated using the following formula. The evaluation results, dissolution rate ratio = (R2/R1), are reported in the "Dissolution Rate Ratio" column of the table. A: A dissolution rate ratio of 1.05 or greater is marked. B: A dissolution rate ratio of less than 1.05 or 1.0 or greater is marked. C: A dissolution rate ratio of less than 1.0 is marked.
<縱橫比的測定> 藉由截面SEM測定了縱橫比。將第1、第2或第3感光性組成物的圖案形成後的合計殘膜(圖案的高度)設為T3,將此時獲得之最小的溝槽或接觸孔的線寬設為D1,根據下述式獲得了縱橫比。 縱橫比=T3/D1 根據所算出之縱橫比,按照下述評價基準進行評價,評價結果記載於表中的“縱橫比”一欄。 -評價基準- 將縱橫比為9以上的情況設為S, 將縱橫比為6以上且小於9的情況設為A, 將縱橫比為4.5以上且小於6的情況設為B, 將縱橫比為3以上且小於4.5的情況設為C, 將縱橫比小於3的情況設為D。 <Aspect Ratio Measurement> Aspect ratio was measured using cross-sectional SEM. The total residual film (pattern height) after pattern formation of the first, second, or third photosensitive composition was defined as T3, and the minimum trench or contact hole line width obtained at this point was defined as D1. The aspect ratio was calculated using the following formula. Aspect Ratio = T3 / D1 Based on the calculated aspect ratio, evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are reported in the "Aspect Ratio" column in the table. -Evaluation Criteria- Aspect ratios of 9 or greater are rated S, Aspect ratios of 6 or greater but less than 9 are rated A, Aspect ratios of 4.5 or greater but less than 6 are rated B, Aspect ratios of 3 or greater but less than 4.5 are rated C, Aspect ratios less than 3 are rated D.
【表2】
從以上結果可知,根據本發明的複合圖案的製造方法,可獲得縱橫比高的複合圖案。From the above results, it can be seen that the composite pattern manufacturing method according to the present invention can obtain a composite pattern with a high aspect ratio.
<實施例101> 藉由旋塗法,將實施例3中使用的第1樹脂組成物以層狀適用於表面形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的銅薄層的表面,在加熱板上,以100℃乾燥300秒,藉此形成了第1感光性膜。將膜厚設為乾燥後的膜厚成為24μm之膜厚。之後,利用步進機(CANON製FPA3000 i5)對第1感光性膜進行了曝光。隔著上述實施例中形成了尺寸最接近5μm之溝槽圖案之遮罩,在波長365nm下進行了曝光。曝光後,以120℃加熱了300秒。上述加熱後,用環戊酮進行顯影,用PGMEA沖洗,藉此獲得了第1圖案。 之後,在第1圖案上及藉由第1顯影步驟去除了上述第1圖案之區域上,藉由旋塗法適用實施例1中使用的第2樹脂組成物,在加熱板上,以100℃乾燥300秒,形成了第2感光性膜。關於膜厚,將乾燥後的膜厚設為24μm。 之後,以與第1感光性膜相同的方法,對第2感光性膜進行曝光、顯影,獲得了第2圖案。 接著,在氮氣環境下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,達到240℃之後,維持30分鐘來硬化第1圖案及第2圖案,藉此形成了由複合圖案構成之再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。 又,使用該等再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造半導體裝置之結果,確認到正常工作。 <Example 101> The first resin composition used in Example 3 was applied in layers to the surface of a copper thin layer on a resin substrate having a copper thin layer formed thereon by spin coating. The film was dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 300 seconds to form a first photosensitive film. The film thickness after drying was set to 24 μm. The first photosensitive film was then exposed using a stepper (CANON FPA3000 i5). Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm through a mask having a groove pattern with a size of approximately 5 μm formed in the above example. After exposure, the film was heated at 120°C for 300 seconds. After heating, the film was developed with cyclopentanone and rinsed with PGMEA to obtain the first pattern. Next, a second photosensitive film was formed by spin coating the second resin composition used in Example 1 on the first pattern and the areas where the first pattern had been removed in the first development step. The film was dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 300 seconds. The film thickness after drying was set to 24μm. The second photosensitive film was then exposed and developed using the same method as the first photosensitive film to obtain the second pattern. Then, the temperature was raised at a rate of 10°C/minute in a nitrogen atmosphere to 240°C. After reaching this temperature, the temperature was maintained for 30 minutes to cure the first and second patterns, thereby forming an interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer, which consisted of a composite pattern. This interlayer insulating film for redistribution layers exhibits excellent insulation properties. Furthermore, semiconductor devices fabricated using this interlayer insulating film for redistribution layers have been confirmed to function normally.
無。without.
Claims (17)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020159766 | 2020-09-24 | ||
| JP2020-159766 | 2020-09-24 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202212424A TW202212424A (en) | 2022-04-01 |
| TWI893199B true TWI893199B (en) | 2025-08-11 |
Family
ID=80845063
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW110132368A TWI893199B (en) | 2020-09-24 | 2021-09-01 | Composite pattern manufacturing method, resin composition, laminate manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP7620024B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR102832995B1 (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI893199B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2022064933A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TWI883599B (en) * | 2022-10-21 | 2025-05-11 | 日商旭化成股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin laminate, and method for forming photoresist pattern |
| KR20250105404A (en) * | 2023-01-11 | 2025-07-08 | 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 | Pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device |
Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2017005193A (en) * | 2015-06-15 | 2017-01-05 | 日立化成株式会社 | Structure having conductor circuit, method for producing the same, and photosensitive resin composition |
| TW201741772A (en) * | 2016-02-26 | 2017-12-01 | 富士軟片股份有限公司 | Method for manufacturing laminated body and method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
| TW201835226A (en) * | 2016-06-02 | 2018-10-01 | 富士軟片股份有限公司 | Laminate production method, semiconductor element production method, and laminate |
Family Cites Families (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP4334996B2 (en) | 2003-12-24 | 2009-09-30 | 株式会社フジクラ | SUBSTRATE FOR MULTILAYER WIRING BOARD, DOUBLE WIRE WIRING BOARD AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING THEM |
| JP4871783B2 (en) * | 2007-05-09 | 2012-02-08 | 東京応化工業株式会社 | Pattern formation method |
| JP5746698B2 (en) | 2009-08-28 | 2015-07-08 | アリーナ ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド | Cannabinoid receptor modulator |
| JP2016024371A (en) * | 2014-07-22 | 2016-02-08 | イビデン株式会社 | Printed wiring board and method for manufacturing the same |
-
2021
- 2021-08-25 KR KR1020237007534A patent/KR102832995B1/en active Active
- 2021-08-25 JP JP2022551212A patent/JP7620024B2/en active Active
- 2021-08-25 WO PCT/JP2021/031068 patent/WO2022064933A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2021-09-01 TW TW110132368A patent/TWI893199B/en active
Patent Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2017005193A (en) * | 2015-06-15 | 2017-01-05 | 日立化成株式会社 | Structure having conductor circuit, method for producing the same, and photosensitive resin composition |
| TW201741772A (en) * | 2016-02-26 | 2017-12-01 | 富士軟片股份有限公司 | Method for manufacturing laminated body and method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
| TW201835226A (en) * | 2016-06-02 | 2018-10-01 | 富士軟片股份有限公司 | Laminate production method, semiconductor element production method, and laminate |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JP7620024B2 (en) | 2025-01-22 |
| TW202212424A (en) | 2022-04-01 |
| WO2022064933A1 (en) | 2022-03-31 |
| JPWO2022064933A1 (en) | 2022-03-31 |
| KR20230047157A (en) | 2023-04-06 |
| KR102832995B1 (en) | 2025-07-11 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI894339B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI841777B (en) | Method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing electronic component | |
| TWI890798B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI888627B (en) | Method for producing hardened product, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor element | |
| TWI890907B (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI890841B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, polyimide precursor and method for producing the same | |
| TWI898039B (en) | Method for producing a cured product, method for producing a laminate, and method for producing a semiconductor device | |
| TW202219080A (en) | Curable resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, semiconductor device, and polyimide precursor and production method therefor | |
| TWI860437B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI835240B (en) | Methods for manufacturing hardened materials, methods for manufacturing laminated bodies, methods for manufacturing semiconductor devices, and processing liquids | |
| TWI896742B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202248289A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202219092A (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, and method for producing cured product, semiconductor element, and photobase generator | |
| TWI893199B (en) | Composite pattern manufacturing method, resin composition, laminate manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method | |
| TWI882163B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202311304A (en) | Method for manufacturing permanent film, method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing device, and permanent film | |
| TW202244639A (en) | Method for producing permanent film, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing semiconductor device | |
| TW202234156A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, production method for cured product, semiconductor device, and compound | |
| TWI894341B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202222911A (en) | Resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI912365B (en) | Resin compositions, cured materials, laminates, manufacturing methods of cured materials, and semiconductor devices | |
| TWI902904B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| TWI912484B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| TWI904246B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| TWI893143B (en) | Method for producing cured product, resin composition, developer, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor device |